Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(1 - 20 of 79)

Pages

Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Title
Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t Lamberton, Minnesota. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the Scholarship Committee. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband. A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from another country in order to prepare that student to make a contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the relationship of that country and the United States. The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife. Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and promising students in the field of English or the language arts. The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs. Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation. The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with special interest in the problems of modern society that are reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. grants-in-aid Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. employment service An employment service, located in the Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the student and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. application procedure Applications for admission to Augsburg College should be made to the Director of Admissions. Students may apply for admission as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in which the student seeks admission. No applications are accepted after September 1. Early applicants gain an advantage both in registration and housing. Notification of admission is normally sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (2) Complete and return the application form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph. (3) Request your high school to send us a copy of your high school record and test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized .tests taken. (4) After acceptance, all new students are required to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit. This deposit may be made any time before July 1; for those admitted thereafter, it is due within two weeks after notification of acceptance. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. admission requirements The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application. Augsburg College seeks ADMISSION TO THE students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and score average or above on college aptitude tests. It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and at least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is computed on the basis of work transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. advanced placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. advanced standing Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. ' I. The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd in each life. All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Faith and Life Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Chapel Service The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, CAMPUS LIFE where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. recreation standards and discipline Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. The Program In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet these requirements. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may be developed. Such common activities as television viewing and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and to follow it as members of the college community. Although the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. religious program The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. convocation Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. social and recreational activities Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Music and the Fine Arts Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. student government The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students. receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. Publications The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors; business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student Personnel Services. The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under the direction of the Registrar. co-curricular program The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psychology. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. Forensics Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. The Genung Endowment The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to carry out a project for the improvement of international relations on a student to student level. musical organzzatzons The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June, 1965. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental string technique. physical education and recreation Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. eligibility requirements In order to participate in certain extracurricular and cocurricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices, nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the Coordinator of Student Activities for approval. A student on academic probation may not participate in the Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in a dramatic production without special permission from the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. honors and awards On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in which the student is eligible. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. student personnel services Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Admissions Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t all possible. Other information concerning admission and entrance requirements can be found in another section of the catalog. Counseling Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women, respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of Women. A further referral may be made to the College Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the latter case. Testing All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshman Orientation Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. Records Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. Housing and Food Service In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and Personnel Deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All women students and freshman men students not living a t home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in the residences and most students in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining room. The college also provides two houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other students. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15 breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. Graduate Placement The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Student Employment An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Coordination of Student Activities The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. I 4 registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is two weeks after the beginning of classes. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which-he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 18 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. change of registration and cancellation In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he obtains a form from the Registrar's Office on which he makes application. Approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar must be obtained before a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATIOP after the first week of classes. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last four weeks of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. university courses By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. classification In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. pro bation and elimination The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the end of each semester, considers the status of students who have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation. They are removed from probation when they obtain better than C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. F class attendance Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of that class. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. examinations Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination a t another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. comprehensive examinations Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. grade values A - - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit C D Passable, no honor points per credit F Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit .. E Condition I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete - - - - _ , - L - - - L L - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - L - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u - - - - - - - - - - - 2 L L - - - - - - - - - conditions and incompletes A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. graduation requirements In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. general education requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields: .. Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12 -, --, ,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -, ,--, ,2credits --Fine Arts -- ,-, , ,-, _-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-, -- 2 credits Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29 Foreign Language - - - - - ,----, ,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits 0 - If four years of one language have been successfully completed in high school. 6 - If student has sufficient background in the language to enroll in the intermediate course. 14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign language in high school. Students with two years of a foreign language in high school should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning course, but will receive credit only for the second semester of it. Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2 Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4 All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. Major and Minor All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Business Education Religion Art Home Econo'mics Philosophy History Medical Technology Greek and Latin Sociology Biology English Social S'cience Physics German Psychology Chemistry French Elementary Education Natural Science Spanish Business Administration Mathematics Speech Economics Physical Education Music 1 Except with special majors such as music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. I 1 Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. degree with distinction The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point ratio Summa Cum Laude ,-, , -, - - -, - - ,-, --, - - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0 Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79 Cum Laude ,,,,,,-, , - -, -, - - -, , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. + I courses onered Descriptions of the courses offered in 1964-66 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. numbering of courses IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1, 2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. symbols t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. credits 0 Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total COURSES OF STUDY credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. divisional organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Division of Religion and Philosophy Religion Philosophy Division of the Humanities Greek, Latin English, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Division of the Social Sciences History, Political Science, Geography sociology Psychology Education, Library Science Business Administration, Economics Business Education Home Economics Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education division of RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson, Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen. Mr. P. A. The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses 3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their course of study. Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2, 2 crs, 1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It. A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts incllrd~1Re entile New Testament. Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram. 2 crs. 3. Church History. I. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. 4. Christian Doctrine. II. 2 crs. TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. Principles of Christian Education. I. 3 crs. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 52. Parish Work. II. 2 crs. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 54. Youth Work in the Church. II. 2 crs. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. History of Religions. I. 3 crs. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. The Mission of the Church. II. 3 crs. A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. See course 66 under the Department of Music. 3 crs. 3 crs. 71. The Early Christian Fathers. I. The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early c l ~ u r c h . 3 crs. 72. Protestantism in America. 11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 3 crs. 81. The Gospels. I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 3 crs. 82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II. A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 3 crs. 83. The Message of the Old Testament. I. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I. 3 crs. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 92. Christian Ethics. 11. 3 crs. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 3 crs. 94. The Christian View of Man. 11. The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.) Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 3 crs. 23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.) A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. 3 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical 52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11. thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. 53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66) 3 crs. 54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.) 73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e cedures. (Offered 1965-66.) 85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1964-65.) 86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.) 91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi- 60 cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. division of THE HUMANITIES Mr. Thorson, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN Mr. Colacci The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. ,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and'l4 credits in Latin. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. N e w Testament Greek ~ h o r 20 : credits 8 crs. 1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II. 'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript & ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. Latin 1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 crs. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston, Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne, Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher. The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the &@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study. All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students exempted from 12 who complete course 40. . Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation. .All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper di&lon level & q ~ w for y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior &me test, or completion of course %,50,1or 55, Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91. Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study: 50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French, Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry. T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12, in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech, elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88. Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12, including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16. All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German, French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French. Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91. Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12, including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.) Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. 1 cr. 9. Communication. I. 2 crs. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 6 crs. 11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.) The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students are placed in advanced sections of course 11. 3 crs. 14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production. 25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1. 3 crs. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 3 crs. 35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from the renaissance to the modern age. 40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages. 4 crs. 41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth century 'to the age of Shakespeare. 42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11. 4 crs. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems of usage. 3 crs. 52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1. The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics. 4 crs. 61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1. The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary works in relation to historical backgrounds. 4 crs. 62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11. The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3 crs. 71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1. The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century American writers. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1. Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11. The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and in America. 3 crs. 82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their works. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11. A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 3 crs. 86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11. A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.) 3 crs. 88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 crs. 91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology. 93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11. 1, 1 cr. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation. Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous training or experience. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.) 2 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II. 2 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. 16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II. 3 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. 21-22.t Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students. 2 crs. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 31. Interpretative Reading. So. I. 3 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry and drama. 3 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. 32. Acting. So. II. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students take logic prior to registering for this course. 52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1 56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.) 63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course should register for 64. 66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II. 1, 1 cr. Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz, Mrs. Nashan This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. German Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 16 credits above German 2. 1-2.t Beginning German. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course. 5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3, 3 crs. 51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. 61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 2, 2 crs. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. 71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1965-66.) 72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.) 74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries. Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. Scandinavian Language a n d Literature Minor, 24 credits. 1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II. 8 crs. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. Scandinavian History. I. 3 crs. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.) 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. 3 crs. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I. 2 crs. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian. French Major: 24 credits above French 2. Minor: 16 credits above French 2. 1-2.t Beginning French. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French novelists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.) 74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.) Spanish Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II. 8 crs. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 3, 3 crs. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. 61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.) 74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson, Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; (b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music, and 2 in an organization. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 4, 4 crs. 1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II. A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging. 2 crs. 4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.) A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 2, 2 crs. 7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p plemented by musical scores and recorded performances. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II. Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56 gives special study to the form and structure of music. 57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or 2, 2 crs. equivalent. Jr. I, II. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. 2, 2 crs. 61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 2 crs. 63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 3 crs. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. 2 crs. 69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. *Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique. Applied Music Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive credit. Qtl~el~s wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information. 1, 1 cr. Piano. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. 1, 1 cr. Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. 1, 1 cr. Voice. I, II. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. 2 crs. Ch0ir.t I, II. Concert Band. t 2 crs. I, II. Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments. 1, 1 cr. Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. 1/2 credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Performance Workshop. I, II. 0 cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art. In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student a r t work for exhibition purposes. Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84 Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84 See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting, sculpture, and design. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 7. Drawing I. Fr. I. 2 crs. Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1. 3 crs. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65; both semesters, 1965-66.) 21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1. 3 crs. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting. 32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11. 2 crs. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 3, 3 crs. 65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.) 3, 3 crs. 67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I : Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods on copper. 3 crs. 76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.) 78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced sculpture. 3 crs. 83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization. Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to Modern. 90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art. division of SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~ It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Laue The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in a world setting. 3, 3 cn. 21, 22. United States History. So. I, II. A survey of the life of the American people and the development of their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the honors program. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or 3 cn.. Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.) 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 57 under Political Science. 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 crs. 3 crs. 61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.) 65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.) 67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific. 3 crs. Jr,, Sr. I. A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.) 68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II. 71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 crs. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 3 crs. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 3 crs. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 crs. 99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.) Political Science Minor: 15 credits. 6 crs. American Government. I, II. A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42:F U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 56. American Diplomatic History. II. 3 crs. See course 56 under History. 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.) 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.) 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. II. See course 82 under Economics. 3 crs. Geography 14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 crs. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1,2, o r 21, 22. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II. 3 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for special study. 8. Sociology. II. 2 or 3 crs. An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 crs. 21. Rural Sociology. So. I. 3 crs. The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions. 3 crs. 22. Urban Sociology. So. II. The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective; including an examination of processes and problems related to the development of the modern metropolis. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. 54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or #. 3 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I. 2 crs. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 2 crs. 58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1965-66.) 59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 58 or 66. 63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences. 76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. 3 crs. 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.) 81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci* logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology 53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14; Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73. Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62, See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study. 5. General Psychology. So. or #. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi- ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. 2 crs. 7. General Psychology. I. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or See course 53 under Education. #. 1. 3 crs. 60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. 62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or Jr., Sr. 11. #. 3 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. 64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 75 under Sociology. 81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1. 3 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2 crs. 84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. 86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. 2 crs. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51. Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education. Jr. I. 4 crs. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of the growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. 54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music. 2 crs. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching a r t and music in the elementary school. 56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. 2 crs. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 0 cr. 57, 58. Group Activity. I, II. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1. 2 crs. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading; language, spelling and handwriting. 2 crs. 62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I. 3 crs. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I. 3 crs. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. II. 2 crs. Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience. 68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors in elementary education. II. 8 crs. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Secondary Education Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II. 3 crs. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. Activity. I, II. 0 cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 73,74.Group 76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. School and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79-95. Special Methods Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in the field and Education 72. 79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II. 2 crs. 89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11. 2 crs. 93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72. (Offered both semesters.) 6 crs. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 1-2 crs. 99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.) Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. Library Science Mrs. Parker The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books and other library materials, efficient and effective management of library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of Library Science. Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. 45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II. 4 crs. To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65) 59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 crs. The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66) 63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials. Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics. Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion. The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching in secondary schools. Business Administration Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58. Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits in upper division business administration courses. Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3, 3 crs. 1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II. An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION OOURSES 3 crs. 53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p erty and business organizations. 3 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. 72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. Economics Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58, and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for students taking only one semester of economics. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II. 3 crs. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference. 57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I. 3 crs. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.) 58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II. 3 crs. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.) 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 crs. 80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course. Business Education These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16. Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ. 15, 16. Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 cr. 1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.) A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II. Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.) The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime* scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute. Five hours per week. 3 crs. 56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11. Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week. 60. Business Seminar. II. 2 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home, and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual, the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46, 58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32; Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one upper division course. Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I. 2 crs. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 6 . Clothing Construction. II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. 8. Elements of Nutrition. 11. 3 crs. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class members. Three single class periods per week. 33. Color and Design. I. 3 crs. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. ~ r a f f s .II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 196566.) 39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs. Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. 2 crs. 46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Textiles. II. 2 crs. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. 3 crs. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II. 4 crs. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. Family Health. .I. 2 crs. A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity, pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health, communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home care of the sick. Two single class periods per week. 71. Home Management Problems. I. 2 crs. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 73. Home Management Laboratory. I. 3 crs. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II. 2 crs. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. division of NATURAL SCIENCES A N D MATHEMATICS Mr. Nash, Chairman It is the purpose of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64. For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111. 3, 3 crs, 1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If. of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of rt0n-den@ majors. l a w e s and one double laboratory period not count toward the major or minor. Week. Thfs wurse A S$U& 4 crs. 3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I. A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three ~ D W 01 B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will 7 not receive credit or Biol. 3. 4 crs. 4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II. .& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. Mlcroblolagy. H. 3 crs. p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation a medlaine. especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 8 crs. 13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals. Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 4 crs. 25. General Botany. So. I. A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 crs. 56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II. A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general principles of biol&cd a~wiation succession. Two lectures and one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1965-66.) 4 crs. 64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11. The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms; their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week. 66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II. 3 crs. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.) 11. 4 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14. 71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I. 4 crs. The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes. 91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II. Required for the biology major. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways .to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e : Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the major o r minor. F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 a r e strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. 3 crs. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. . 5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 crs. Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro pafitaflve an&& of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week. 15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II. 4, 4 crs. For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted funclamentat prhciples and second fnotgmia chemistry and qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-, elementary algebra, and geometry. 4 crs. 32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures, one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week. 3 crs. 61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. II. 4 crs. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or 4, 4 crs. concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week. 3 crs. 86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1. 4 crs. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week. 93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II. 0 cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II. Cr. arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54. Minor : 16 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II. 3 crs. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 crs. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 crs. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II. 4 crs. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11. 3 crs. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I. 3 crs. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II. 3 crs. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration 3 crs. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.) 3, 3 crs. 61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II. Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one clilnension, motion in a conservative field. 63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1. 1 cr. A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr. Measuri~~a cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d 11 cvnricty s n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes, and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics. 71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or 3 crs. concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.) 73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required. Minor: 6 credits above 42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra and placement test. Fr., So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory, complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. 41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or equivalent. So. I, II. 5, 5 crs. Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement test. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. 3 crs. 60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis, with recent developments in these subjects. 3 crs. 67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. 71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. 74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced using an axiomatic and analytic approach. 3, 3 crs. 83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II. A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite series and improper integrals. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs. Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse Peterson, Mr. Pearson, The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective &elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required. Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87. Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. COACHING ENDORSEMENT : Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement: Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86. 3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II. $4, $6 cr. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. 7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 3 crs. 12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 3 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 21. Team Sports. So. I. 22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II. 2 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Four hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men). 1, 1 cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors. Two hours per week. 71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities. Suggested activities for atypical cases. 72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11. 3 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. 73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1. 3 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. 76. School Health Education. Sr. It. Principles and curriculum of school health education. 3 crs. 2 crs. 77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.) 78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II. 1 cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid card. 81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I. 3 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour per week. 83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I. 1 cr. 84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II. 1 cr. 85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I. 1 cr. 86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11. 1 cr. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I. See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women. 2 crs. special programs of study Affiliation with Schools of Nursing Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor i o nadmission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. Medical Technology In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. Junior Year Abroad An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy. Corrective Therapy A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit. Honors Program For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. General Liberal Arts The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 History or Sociology 3 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . 4 4 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2 I/! FRESHMAN ............. .... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Electives ................ 3 10 - 12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr. Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foreign Language .... 3 Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . Natural Scicncc Electives ................ 9 SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 9 I Sem. I1 Sem. Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 Cr. 14 3 14 - Pre-Seminary Curriculum Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language Western Civilization Physical Activities Natural Science Electives ...... ...... .... ..... ........ ................ 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 'h 3 2 '/2 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .. ................. New Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ...... Electives ................ ................. Cr. 2 Cr. 4 3 3 3 3 3 5 4 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Fine Arts Natural Science ........ General Psych. ......... Foreign Language ....... History of Philosophy . Electives . ............... 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 - . . 35 ................ ~ SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . ................. 3 .............. 3 ..... 3 . . 3 Electives ................ 5 Rcllglon Philosophy English T~lturnt~we Advanced N.T.Greck 3 3 3 3 4 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian, or French. Parish and Church Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the head of the Department of Religion. f Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............ ........ Basic Bible Freshman English ....... Natural Science Foreign Language ...... Sociology 1, 2 Physical Activities ........ ..... Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 3 % 3 % JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Prin. of Christian Ed. .. 3 Mission of the Church . . 3 The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Protestantism in America 3 Social Psych, or Urban Soc. Y Creits 2 2 ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms Electives 7 7 ........... ................... - ................ SOPHOMORE Religion 3 , 4 ........... Speech 11, 12 Foreign Language General Psych. ...... Natural Science ........ Story Telling Fine Arts Electives ................ I Sem. Cr. ............ ....... 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 ........... .............. - SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the Church Early Christian Fathers The Christian View of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . Literature and Philosophy Fields of Social Work Electives .. ................ - 3 3 3 2 6 2 2 3 3 6 Philosophy Major I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization .... Intro. to Philosophy Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ... ..... Cr. Cr. 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 3 - - 3 % I/z I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Cr Religion ................ 3 History of Phil. 53 3 Philosophy Electives ... 3 Natural Science Electives 7 ..... . ......... ................ Cr . 3 3 10 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3, 4 ............ 2 2 Religion ...... 3 3 Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~ .... Hist. of Phil. 31, 52 3 3 3 or 4 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 3 Fine Arts .............. Beginning Speech 2 Electives 2 or 3 2 or 3 SOPHOMORE ...... - - ............... SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Philosophy Electives .... 3 3 Independent Study ..... 1 to 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12 10 - - Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to complete a major or a minor in some other field as well. Greek-Latin Major 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible ............. 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 Beginning Latin ........ 4 4 Natural Science ....... S or 4 3 or 4 3 3 Western Civilization ... % % Physical Education . , . FRESHMAN . . I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Advanced N.T. Greek Ancient History 3 Religion ..............,. 3 Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fine Arts ............... 3 Natural Science Electives 3 JUNIOR . ........ ........ ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of N.T. Greek Foreign Language ...... Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literary Classics . . . . . . . . The Classical Tradition . SENIOR Greek Exegesis .....,... History of Philosophy . . , Religion ................ Medieval Europe ....... Electives I Sem, Cr 3 3 3 3 4 ................ Sem. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 English Major 1. Graduate Major I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr , 3 3 2 4 4 3 % FRESHMAN ....... ............. ........ ....... Freshman English Basic Bible Natural Science Foreign Language Western Civilization ... Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR British Literature English Elective Religion Electives ....... ....... ................. ................ Cr. 4 3 3 6 Cr. 4 3 3 6 I Sem. n.. SOPHOMORE c.r. Classical Tradition ...... 3 American Lit. Dev. . , . Med. & Ren. Lit. ...... 4 Religion 3, 4 2 Foreign Language 3 Beginning Speech 2 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Natural Science ......... Electives ................ - . .......... ...... ...... SENIOR English Seminar Electives Sem. Cr. 4 2 3 - 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 14 16 ......... ................ Students planning on graduate study should include in their electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy, and history. 2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English . . . . . Natural Science ........ Basic Bible ............ Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization . . . Physical Activities , I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 3 3 3 . . . 2 2 4 3 % 4 3 % SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition American Lit. Dev. Med. & Ren. Lit. . Expository Writing Natural Science .... Fine Arts ......... Relieion 3. 4 ....... Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e General Psych. . . . . Beg. Speech . . . . . . . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 . 3 - 2 . JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. British Literature ...... Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . . English (Mod. Lit.) . . . . Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tchg. in Sec. Sch. ..... Group Activity Electives ................ ......... 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 3 3 0 4 -. -4 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 English Seminar . . . . . . . Prin. of Guid. .......... School and Soc. ........ Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. . Stud. Tchg. Sec. School . Shakespeare ............. Health & First Aid ...... Electives ................ 2 2 6 - -3 3 10 At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech, journalism, or library science. 3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English ..... Foreign ~ a n g G a g e General Biology Western Civilization Basic Bible ............. Physical Activities ...... Intro, to Music .......... Human Geog. ........... ...... ........ ... JUNIOR .... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 '/a 2 - 2 z / ' 3 I Sem. Cr . 4 3 Sem. Cr. - 2 Orient to Elem. Ed. Human Growth & Dev. . Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . . Meth. & Mat. (56) ..... US History Religion ................. Amer. Govt. Literary Classics ........ Brit. Lit. Since la00 Found, of Arith. ...... ............. ............ .... - - 3 3 3 3 SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition ..... Med. & Ren. Lit. ....... Foreign Language ....... Religion 3, 4 Prin. of Physics, Astronomy Basic Design General Psvch. ......... ~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h ..... Amer. Lit. Development I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - SENIOR - 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. English Seminar ........ Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts) Teaching of Reading . . . Children's Lit. Religion ................. Expository Writing . . . . . Health & First Aid Meth. & Mat.: Social Studies ......... Seminar in Teaching .... Directed Teaching in Elem. School ........ Beginning Speech . . . . . . . English 94 Independent Study ... .......... ...... - 3 ........... ........... ........... --.2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. -- . -- Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ..... Natural Science ........ Foreign Language . . . . . History or Sociology .... Physical Activities . . . . . . . 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 % '12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. -~ Cr . 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Literary Classics . . . . . . . Foreign Language ....... Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 3 3 2 3 3 - Sem. Cr. 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .......... Argumentation Speech Pathology . . . . . . . Educ. Psychology . . . . . . . Teach. in Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Natural Science Stagecraft .............. Dramatic Arts .......... Electives ................ ........ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 3 - - 3 0 0 - - - - 3 3 3 7 4 f Sem. SENIOR Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching ....... 6 Guidance ............... 2 School and Society ...... 2 Methods ................. 2 Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art. Major in German, French, or Spanish in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr Basic Bible 2 2 3 3 Freshman Esbllah 3 3 History or Saclology ... Beginning Foreign Language ............ 4 4 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities % % SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Intermediate Foreign Language 3 3 Natural Science ......... 3 ..... General Psychology 3 Literary Classics . . . . . . . 3 3 Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid ..... 3 Electives ................ 3 6 JUNIOR SENIOR FRESHMAN . .............. ..... ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Teach. in Sec. Schools 0 Grtlup Aclivlty .......... 0 Germall :I, U1 or Fr~nuli51, D l or Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7 Bdt~clffanalppychology ., - - GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or Fl.encll 52, 72 or Spn111sll 52. 72 Elcctl\'ee ..... , ....... , .. ........ 7 or 9 5 or 0 8 ............ .............. 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. ....... ....... 622 ..... 23 - - 3 - 2 6 Student Teachine school & s o c i e t y . Prin, of Guidance ....... Teaching of Foreign Language Religion ................. German, French, or Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i r m a n French, , or Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives ................ Cr. 3 2 Teaching Major in Music FRESHMAN I Sem. P r -A. ............. Basic Bible 2 Freshman English 3 History or Sociology ... 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 Physical Activities ...... % Applied Music .......... l. or 2 ...... ....... ........ JUNIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 2 'l 1 or 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. CT Cr. 3 3 0 ................ Religion Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . . Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . . Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . . Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choral or Instrumental Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching of Grade School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Applied Nusic ......... 1 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 14 oreien Ln!li?un~e 3 3 3 ~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby .... 3 Natural S r j c i ~ c e .., Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . . 4 4 Historv & it: of Music ................. 2 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 1 or 2 ........... ...... ..... - SENIOR I Sem. Cr. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 78 Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 3 Beginning Speech 2 Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ~ e a L h i n gof High School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Twentieth Century Music 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ - Sem. Cr. 2 2 6 ....... 2 2 - or 2 - - 1 or 2 Major in Art FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Drawing I .............. Basic Design ............ Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language ....... Western Civilization Physical Activities Elective .... ..... ................. Cr. 2 2 3 4 3 % 2 Cr. - SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Oil Painting I ........... 3 Sculpture I ........... , . . 3 Print Making I 3 Relieion 3. 4 2 2 Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e....... 3 3 Social Science ........... 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Electives 3 3 ......... ............ ................ I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Natural Science . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 5 - 3 or 4 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . 3 3 SENIOR Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . . Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent Study . . . . . . Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - -2 12 - 3 3 8 History Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .............. 2 ...... 3 ... 3 ....... 4 ........ 3 or 4 ..... % Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activiities 2 3 3 4 3 or d % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr 3 3 JUNIOR ReUnIon ................. Bcgfa~aingSpeecll ...... ....... ................ Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c HIS~L!I'Y A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . . Literature or Philosophy . - SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Foreign Language ...... 3 3 U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology . . . . 3 Sociology 1, 2 ........... 3 3 Prin. of Economics . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR ............... 3 I Sem. Cr. 3 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Fine Arts Electives - Sem. Cr. 3 - ................ 11 6 3 3 Combined Social Science Major for Teaching FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Clvllixalion Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 % % ...... ... ...... ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. ".. Cr. Lr, Religion ................ Educational Psych. ..... Teaching in Secoildnry Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... History .................. Health & First Aid . . . . . . American Government Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . ..... 3 0 3 3 2 6 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Foreign Language ...... U.S. History ............. Natural Science ........ General Psychology ... Sociology 1, 2 ........... Economics 15, 16 ........ SENIOR Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 - I Sem. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . 6 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 School and Society ..... 2 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . - 3 Sem. Cr - . - 3 3 3 3 5 Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immedate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . Western Civilization .... Foreign Language . . . . . Introduction to Sociology Social Problems ........ Physical Education 3, 4 2 2 3 3 4 3 . % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 57, 59. Fields of 3 Social Woyk .......... Soc. 58, 60, Methods of Social Work ........ Fine Arts Beginning Speech 2 Intro. to Statistics 3 Social Research ......... Electives 5 JUNIOR .............. ..... ..... . I Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . American Government . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Principles of Economics Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . Urban Sociology . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 I Sem. Cr. SENIOR Sem. Cr. - Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Upper Division Courses ............... 10 - Sem. Cr. 3 + + 3 3 ................ Major in Psychology FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 . .............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language General Zoology Physical Activities ...... ..... ...... ........ ...... JUNIOR 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro, to Statistics Psych. of Personality ... Experimental Psych. ... Psych. of Measurements . Electives ..... 4 % ................ 7 3 3 4 SOPHOMORE Relieion 3. 1 ............ ~ o r z g nLanguage ...... General Psychology Chemistry or Physics Sociology 1. 2 Beginning Speech Logic .................... Fine Arts I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 .... ... 4 ...... -32 ............... ........... 2 3 4 3 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR History of Psych. ....... Social Psychology Topics in Psych. Seminar in Psych. ..... Electives Cr. 3 ..... 3 ........ - ................ 10 Cr. - + 1 to 2 2 12 Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Western Civilization .... Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Science . . . . . . . 3 Selected from Physics, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, Physical Activities ..... 4 or 4 6) ?h a 4 or 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR . - Cr Religion ................. American Government . . 3 Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . . 4 Ed. 53, Human Growth & Development ......... 3 Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0 Group Activity .......... Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4 Electives in Minor . . . . . Cr. 3 3 4 0 - 2 2 3 SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , ..... General Rlology ........ General Fs'r;ycholOgy Human Geography ...... U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ... Electives in Minor I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 .... ..... 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 I Sem, I1 Sem, SENIOR Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat. Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . . Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading Children's Literature . . . Ed. 66, Seminar in Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 68, Directed Tchg. Literature .............. Beginning Speech ....... Electives in Minor . . . . . . ... Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 Cr. - 2 - 2 B 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, and business education, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, political science and library science. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 Basic Bible Freshman English ...... 3 History or Sociology 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 or 4 Physical Activities % FRESHMAN ............. ... ..... ...... ........ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Lzulglt~ge 3 3 General Psycholum ,, 3 Natural Sctcl~cc 3 or 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid , 3 Electives ................ 5 . ............ ...... .. . .. ......... - . JUNIOR Religion ......... Education 71. 72 . Education 73, 74 Beginning Speech Electives in Major or Minor ...... Sem. Cr. - .. I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Education 76 ............ 2. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . 2' 4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or - Cr. 3 3 0 ducatio ion 97 - ........... 6. - Literature or Philosophy Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'May be taken I1 Sem. - 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year. Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. -. . 2 Pr Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . 4 History or Sociology ... 3 3 Principles of Accounting Physical Activities ..... % JUNIOR P r -a. 2 3 4 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr Intermediate Accounting 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 Economics 57, 58 ........ 3 Intro. to Statistics ...... Science .................2 or 4 Fine Arts ............... Z or 3 Auditing or Cost Acc. 3 Electives ................ 3 to 5 3 . - r Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ 2 Foreign Language ....... 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 Natural Science ........3 or 4 ...... Beginning Speech Electives ................ I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Auditing or Cost Acc. Business Law .......... 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15 SENIOR - - Major in Economics FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. --. 2 ............. 3 ...... ...... 34 Cr Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language History or Sociology . . Principles of Accounting .......... Physical Activities ..... 3 % C r. 2 3 4 3 3 I12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Language 3 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Beginning Speech ..... 2 ................ Electives 3 6 ............ ...... - JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - . Religion ................. 3 Literature or Philosophy 3 Economics 57 58 . . . . . . . 3 3 Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis 4 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR I Sem. R e l i ~ i n n ................. Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus -6 Cr. -- ..............2 or9 3 Sem. Cr. 3 5 Fine Arts Electives ................ Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History. Major in Business Education in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools E FRESHMAN Basic Bible ........... Freshman English Foreign Lnnguagf ... History or Sncinte~y Physical Acilr+lllcu ... Elem. Typewriting Natural Science .... Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. . ...... JUNIOR ....... ..... ................ ..... I Sem. I1 Sern. Cr. Cr. 2 2 . ... Prin. of .Economics . . . . . Adv. Shorthand ......... Educational psycho log^ , Teaching in Secondary Schools ............... Group Activity .......... Business Law .........., Fine Arts ............... Adv. Typewriting Health & First Aid Electives SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ....... Gen. Psychology ... Prin. of Accounting Elem. Shorthand ... Foreign Language Natural Science . . . . Beginning Speech . Office Machines . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 3 0 3 - - - SENIOR ....... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Student Teaching Speclnl Methods Prln. of Guidance School and Society Rcll~Inn Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy Sectmctnrlal Prncttce .... ~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar n ...... E1cr:Hves ........ 26 ...... ..... 22 ................ -3 ................ - - - - 3 Home Economics Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 % '12 FRESHMAN .............. Basic Bible Physical Activities Freshman English Soclolo~ry ............... RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or 18-14' 0 A r t i n Daily Living .... Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clothing Selection Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or 5, 32' ................. ..... ...... ................ ...... . 3 3 3 3 .... . 1 Sem. Cr. 2 ........ ........ 3 2 - Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ......... or 4 3 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 JUNIOR Religion ................. Foreign Language ....... Beginning Speech ....... Prin. of Economics Color and Design ........ Home Planning & Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . Textiles ................. Educational Psycholog?/ Teachina i n Secondaru Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... Clothing Construction . . . SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 .......... Gen. Psychology Foreign Language ...... Prin. of Physics Marriage & Family Relationships Child Development ..... Food Preparation & Management .......... Electives ................ 2 3 3 2 3 0 2 4 2 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem, Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . . Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teclclting . . . . . . . Home Management Prob. Home Management Lab. Consumer Educ. ......... Teaching of Home E c . 2 - Cr. Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 4 6 2 3 2 2 3 0 - "Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the sophomore year. Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. Biology Major The following course o'f study is recommended for a major in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology. I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............. ...... Basic Bible Freshman English History or Sociology ... General Zoology Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ........ Cr. 3 3 4 4 '12 ..... JUNIOR Cr. 2 f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16 Literature or Philosophy Genetics ................. Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 4 3 2 3 - -42 SOPHOMORE f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech ...... General Botany ......... Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Foreign Language . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR Cr. 2 2 4 - Cr. 2 4 4 3 - I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................ 4 General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . . 4 Biology Seminar . . . . . . . % Electives (upper division) 8 Cr. 3 Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English ...... History or Sociology General Zoology ........ Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ..... .... 4 4 4 4 =/2 JUNIOR Biology 64 or 68 ......... Genetics ................ The Cell Educational Psych. Tchg. in Sec. School ... Biology Seminar Group Activity .......... Health and First Aid , Beginning Speech Electives I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - ................ ..... ........ 4 4 3 0 .. ....... .................. 6 4 3 % 0 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. - ----. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 General Botany . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language 3 General Psychology .... 3 Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16 4 Electivcs ................ 3 ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr 3 SENIOR Cr. ................. 3 ............... - Religion Flne Arts ........ - Biology 58 or 66 Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces Fl'iti. CII Guldance Sclhool & Society ..... ....... 2 2 2 Slkldcnl Teocl~ing ....... 6 Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r' '/2 Elcctlvt* ........ ................ - . 3 3 - 3 '/a 4 Chemistry Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan t o do graduate study in chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological science and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN I Sem. C r. Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . History o r Sociology Physical Activities ... ..... JUNIOR I1 Sem. 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 3 % ' / 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 4 Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry (82) Chemistry Seminars (93. 94) Beginning German 'Advanced Calculus .... 'Physics 53, 63, 52 .... Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'Recommended .............. ..... - 4 0 0 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. 4 4 - PW Organic Chemistry (53, 54) Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics (5, 6) . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy . -4' 5 4 2 2 - I1 Sem. -.4 . P . . 5 4 2 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4 3 Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3 $dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr. Arr. Chemistry Seminars (95. 961 .............. 0 0 Religion ................ 3 3 German or French . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 - The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on chemical research under departmental sponsorship. Physics Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis General Physics (5. 6) . Physical Activities . . . . . 4 4 1/2 4 4 'h I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. 2 SOPHOMORE --. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5 Intro. Atom. & Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism 153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German or French 4 ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Fine Arts .............. Differential Equations . . Mechanics ............... Adv. Physics Lab. (63, 64) ............... Literature or Philosophy German or French . . . . . . Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10 Beginning Speech ....... 3 3 1 3 3 4 - I Sem. SENIOR Cr. 3 3 3 Advanced Calculus ..... Religion ................. *Heat & Thermodynamics Adv. Physics Lab. (73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematical Physics . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sern. Cr 3 3 . 1 6 *Offered alternate years Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in upper division courses. Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics, astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division courses. Mathematics Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in Mathematics. X Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 4 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . 3 3 Beginning German ..... 4 4 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 History or Sociology . . . . 3 3 Physical Activities !/z % FRESHMAN ..... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Modern Algebra . . . . . . . . Probability and Statistics Basic Concepts of Math. Religion ................. Biological Science . . . . . . 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 3 3 3 3 3 3 or 4 - 4 3 4 - I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr 5 4 3 2 Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Intermediate German . . . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts ............... Beginning Speech . . . . . . . . 2 - I1 Sem, Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 I Sern. I1 Sem. SENIOR Advanced Calculus ..... Differential Equations Modern Geometry ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . Physical Activities ..... JUNIOR '/2 I1 Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Modern Algebra ........ Advanced Calculus . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psych. . . . . . . Teaching i n Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 3 3 0 7 Cr. 3 3 3 3 0 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. Anal. Geom. & Calculus Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language ...... Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . General Psychology Beginning Speech 5 4 3 2 .... ...... SENIOR 3 - Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Student Teaching . . . . . . . Teaching of Mathematics School and Society .... Prin. of Guidance . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Concepts of Math. Modern Geometry ...... Natural Science . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 2 2 2 3 - Cr. Health and Physical Education Major The following course of study is designed to prepare students for teaching health and physical education in the secondary schools, for working in the related fields of health and recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of corrective therapy. T Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English Historv or Socioloav -- . . . . ~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . Health and First Aid .... Individual & Dual Sports ..... Cr -- . 2 3 3 4 % 3 - Cr. 2 3 3 4 =/2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. Religion ................ 3 . 3 Foreign Language 3 3 *Educational Psychology 3 'Teachina in Sec. Schools 3 *Group Activity ........ 0 0 Swimming and Aquatics 1 1 Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3 Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3 Electives in Maior or Minor .............. 4 4 JUNIOR ...... - *Not required for non-teaching majors. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. SOPHOMORE 2 4 3 - ~ e g i n n i n g Speech .... Human Anat. & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . . Rec. Act. & Rhythms . Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Literature or Philosophy 2 'Prin. of Guidance 2 'School and Society 6 *Student Teaching . . . . . . P.E. Program in Sec. Sch. 3 School Health Educ. . . 1 Instructor's First Aid . . s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities *Methods in P.E. and Minor Fine Arts ...... .... ......... ............. Medical Technology Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should take higher algebra in high school. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16 History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Beginning Speech Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities Sem. Cr. 2 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ....... ...... JUNIOR I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 Relieion ................. 3 ~~Microbiology ............ 4 3 Foreign Language ....... 3 Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) 4 ~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . . 4 6 'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 *Physics strongly recommended. Other sciences, arts, humanities. - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ........... Elem. Organic Chem. 32 General Zoology Foreign Language . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 'Electives ............... ........ - 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........................32 recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. Medicine Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students usually find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Enalish . . . . . . Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Physical Activities . . . . . History or Soc. Science JUNIOR ................. Religion Intermediate German . . . Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) General Physics (5, 6) L~terature or Philosophy Chem. Seminars (93, 94) Elective Pr Pr 2 2 3 3 4 4 % 3 4 4 'h ................. - - 0 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ...... .... 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ Beninnina German ~ e i e r a -zoology l ....... Organic Chem. (53, 54) *Mathematics 41. 42 SENIOR Pr Pr 2 4 2 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 3 3 Social Science or Hist. Fine Arts Beginning Speech ....... Genetics ................ General Psychology , Electives ................ Chem. Seminars (95, 05) 'Physical Chem. (83) ,. , . . ............... - .. . 2 4 7 0 - 'Recommended Dentistry Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. The Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in placing qualified students in dental school. FRESHMAN ...... Freshman English Basic Bible .............. Intro. Chem. & Qual. Anal. (5, 6) Intro. to Math. Anal. .. General Zoology Physical Activities ... ........ ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Physics (5, 6) . 4 'Organic Chem. (53, 54) 4 . 4 4 4 % 'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended. Nursing Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language Sociology ............... Chemistry 5 Psych. or Geography Art or Music ............ ....... ............. ... 2 3 4 3 4 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 - Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t College. Applications for admission to this program made directly to these hospitals. Lutheran Hospitals, Augsburg should be Law Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised t o select a broad program of study including courses in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A suggested three-year curriculum is given below: Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Freshman English . Foreign Language Western Civllization Natural Science . . . . Physical Activities 2 3 . JUNIOR 2 3 4 4 3 4 '12 3 4 '/z SOPHOMORE ............ I Sem. Cr. R c l l ~ l o n3. 4 &nR!isll 2:. '10 ........... Foreign Language Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Science .......... Natural Science ........ Electives ................ 2 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 ....... 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Rallglnn ................ Beginning Speech ...... ............... Plnc Arts Electives ................ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 12 10 - 2 2 Engineering A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Social Science . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ...... SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . . ~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . . Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry rr. rr Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. Secretarial Work The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. FIRST YEAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 3 1 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Elementary Typewriting Office Machines . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . Physical Activities ..... Electives ................ . - 3 % 8 3 1/2 6 SECOND YEAR 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Beginning Speech Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand .... Prin. of Accounting . . Secretarial Practice ..... General Psychology ..... Electives ................ Cr. 2 .... 4 3 3 5 Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board . . Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Vice-chairman The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term Expires 1964 Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Plastics, Inc. The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota 116 The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope .Secretary . .Treasurer The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church Term Expires 1965 Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota Term Expires 1966 Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc. Term Expires 1967 Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students. Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant . Registrar Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . Librarian 1963-64 Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist . Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director . of News Bureau Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson, Miss Pederson, Armacost Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson, Fosse, Holum Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson, Chrislock *Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss Sonsteng, Hatchek *Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63. Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960. Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since 1946. Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963. Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students (on leave 1961-63.) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics, India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg 196&62 and since 1963. Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1963. Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956. Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960. John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University. At Augsburg since 1963. William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963. Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963. Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College, 194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. 120 C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964. At Augsburg since 1964. Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education (on leave 1962-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61. Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since 1963. Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963. Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952. Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College; St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since 1962. Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music, New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54; Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S. Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1963. Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954. Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social Coordinator R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961. A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963. Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Placement and Testing A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%. Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng : High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At Augsburg since 1961. lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193% 42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since 1956. George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960. Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63) A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941. A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962. John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959. John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and since 1962. Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9; Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music, 1958. At Augsburg since 1961. Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg since 1963. Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At Augsburg since 1962. Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. 124 Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35; Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1947. Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960. Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962. Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since 1957. Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Gertrude S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962. Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching : Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At Augsburg since 1963. Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia, University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students with Rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since 1923. Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since 1922. Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964. Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960. David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960. 126 lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945. Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955. Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56; Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960. Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946. Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956. LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana; MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion h.~. Augsburg , College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute, 1948. At Augsburg since 1962. Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946. Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music, l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson County Ag~*icult urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37'; L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952. Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado, Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study : Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528; University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944. Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian, 1963-64) A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y, 3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960. ~ , 1944-60; Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC) Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947. Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953. Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School, 195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963. At Augsburg since 1963. 128 Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958. Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959. Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen A.R., Augslwg Col I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945; Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime- Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1946. John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music, 1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947. E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961. Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63. Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University, Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. 1: Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At Augsburg 1958-63. A.B., Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant, Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools, 195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1962-63. Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-63. Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63. Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63. Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg 1962-63. John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg 1942-62. Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63. Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study: University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63. A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1960-63. GRADUATES AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield. Sask. . . ~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111. Anderson, Robert W. Elroy, Wis. Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis Anoka Bengtson, Judith Anne Minneapolis Bergly, Richard N. Bostad, John Clayton Minneapolis Minneapolis Brown, Wendell John Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland . .......... .... ..... ......... ....... Minneapolis Carlson, Bonnie Mae Christensen, John W. Cleven, Harry Thomas ......... St. . DeForest, Paul Wis. Coltvet, Sherman P. Cook, Barbara Helen Dyrud, Loiell Estherville, Iowa ........ Newfolden 0. . . . . . Thief River Falls .. Minneapolis Yvonne Lerfald James F . ........... St. Paul Marilyn Ann Brainerd Marjorie Adele Gatzke rickso on', Kenneth Neil Cambridge Evavold, Earle Roscoe Battle Lake Egertson. Ekstrand, Ellingson. Engevik ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... Fellrath, Mary Lee Fisher, Roger LeRoy Whitehall, Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis .... Geldert, Daniel Thomas Minneapolis Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill. unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d Sioux City, Iowa 1 Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson, s Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis. Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hassing, Joan Eileen Minneapolis Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich. Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne Radcliffe, Iowa Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls Hugo. John Robert Minneawolis Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis. New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s Hunt, Duane R. Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis Ilstrup, Robert J . Minneapolis Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann Scarsdale, N.Y. Johannsen, Clair A. Hzintley Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis. Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis ~ o l l d f f%lizabeth , I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronholdt, Tamara A. Murdock ...... ......... .......... .......... .. ........... ........... King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis ~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g Korsmo, Gayler Leland Northwood, N. Dak. Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis ~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stierna, Gale Melodie Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Stockman, Earl Allyn Stewart Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas Sundquist, Lewis J . Minneapolis Minneawolis Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont Lerstad, Judith Ann Mi~tlrenpnlis Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr ~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis. Willmar Tengwall, Sandra Joan Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak. Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis Vomhof, Daniel W. Tucson, Ariz. Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale. Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian Zahl, Carol J e a n Minneapolis ........ ....... ...... . ........ ..... ........... graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul ~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos Bagley, Carol J e a n Bailey, David Arnold ........Zimmerman ........... St. Paul Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund Minneapolis Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill. Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111 Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells Donald, James Marr Minnecipolis Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis ....... Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis. Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine ~ .... Minneapolis Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1 Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~ Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis. ~~~~L~L~, Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis Garvin Peterson. Glenn D. Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon Minneapolis Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia Min?aeawolls Petterson. Jerome Glendoa Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis ............. ... Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt? Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l: Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis. Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is, Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y' Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril c Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf Hagenson, Ronald Thomas 110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton St. Louis P a r k ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~ Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl ~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport . Minneapolis Sandgren. Carol Ferris Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo. Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis Holt, Bradley Paul W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak. Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis Humphrey. Linda Elaine Minneclpolis Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y. Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Minneclpolis Jiran, William Rudolph Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis. Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak. Tangen, Karen M. .Mi?aneclpolis Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis Taylor, LaVonne Helen Minneapolis Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A. Minneapolis . . . ............ ... .... Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y. Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis. Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis. Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis. Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis . ...... ..... ...... Ross ...... Minneapolis Thompson. Alan Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis . Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls Wagner, Christopher Ross La Mirnda, Calif. Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine Minneapolis Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis. Weigman, Roland Charles, J r . Minnenpolis Wilkins, Doris May Rochester Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis ......... Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer . Shizuoka-Ken, Japan Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson . . Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet Juntunen, Wayne Roger Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Summary of Graduates Seminary Graduates Graduates Graduates - 1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 710 College Graduates Graduates Graduates Total - 1870-1961 .......................... 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 281 1 130 171 31 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822 enrollment summary Augsburg College. 1962-1 963 Class FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 102 50 115 83 162 134 207 204 44 29 0 44 0 47 0 27 0 76 630 703 . . . . -- Total Academic Year Class Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 124 167 224 54 0 0 0 0 - 60 86 137 210 40 45 49 27 76 - 671 730 . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . Total 162 210 304 434 94 45 49 27 76 1401 Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963 SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL Men Men Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .............................. 10 13 4 5 32 9 12 3 4 28 10 13 4 5 32 Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1401 1 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Augsburg College. 1963-1 964 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 73 101 134 183 38 42 46 40 92 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 749 . . . . - - Total Academic Year Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Men Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683 . . . . Women Total 166 74 260 106 281 138 424 186 98 42 43 43 46 46 40 40 92 92 . 767 92 154 143 238 56 0 0 0 0 - Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4 Men Students . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . .......... Deducting those counted more than once . . 683 767 1450 Academic Administration . . . 47 Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . 117 Administration Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98 Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9 Alumni Association. The . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Attendance. Chapel . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49 Audio-Visual Center . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Biology. Department of 89. 109 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116 Bookstore . . . . . . . 10 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration . 83. 107 Business Education . . . . . 85. 108 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . 31 Campus Life Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . 31 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110 Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100 Classification of Students . . . 48 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Coaching Endorsement . . . 96 36 Co-curricular Program . . . . Committees of the Faculty . 118 Comprehensive Examinations . 50 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 55 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . . 107 Business Education . . . . 108 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Church Workers . . . . . 100 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Economics . . . . . . 107 Elementray Education . . . 106 Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . 101 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General Liberal Arts . . . 99 German . . . . . . . . . . 103 Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101 Health and Physical Ed 112 High School Teaching 106 History . . . . . . . . . 104 Home Economics . . . . 108 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Medical Technology . . . 112 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parish and Church Workers 100 Philosophy . . . . . . . 101 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100 Psychology . . . . . . . . 105 Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Social Science Combined . . 104 Sociology . . . . . . . . 104 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . 2, 140 Development Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Distinction. Degree with . . . 53 56 Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65 I index Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107 Education. Department of . . 79 Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105 Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English. Department of . . 62. 101 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Humanities. Division of the . . 61 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . 39 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18 Financial Information . . . . . . 15 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 13 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101 Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates-(1 870-1963). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guaranteed Tuition Plan . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111 Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113 Membership in Educational Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ministry. Preparation for the . 100 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Music. Department of . . . 69. 103 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71 . Health and Physical Ed . 96. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History and Political Science . . . . . . 73. 112 43 106 7 104 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114 index Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 9 Organizations. Student . . . . . 36 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100 Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18 Personnel Services. Student . . 41 Philosophy. Department of 59. 101 Physical Education . . . . . . 39 Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100 Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Psychology. Department of 78. 105 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Registration. Change of . . . . . 47 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33 Residence Requirement . . . . . 53 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Scandinavian Language and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20 Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115 Seminary. Summary of Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Social Sciences, Division of the 73 Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104 Sociology, Department of 76, 104 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103 Special Programs of Study . . 98 Speech, Department of . . 65, 102 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34 Student Government . . . . . . 35 Student Personnel Services . . 41 Suspension of Students . . . . 48 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106 Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48 Upper Division Requirements . 53 notes Augsburg College is now in the "centennial phase" of its development program, pointing toward the 100th anniversary of the college in 1969. The centennial phase program, covering the years 1964-1969, is the second phase of a 20-year development program begun in 1959 in which objectives are timed to five-year phases. The college has the following centennial goals for the current five-year period: Facilities - TO construct an art building, a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main, and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby Hall and to acquire additional athletic field space. Enrollment - To increase enrollment to 1600 students. Faculty - To increase by ten the number of full-time faculty members. Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels judged to keep the cost of education a t Augsburg within the range of its constituency. Library - To increase the holdings of George Sverdrup library by 50%. - Budget To increase the educational budget to $2,000,000. Student aid - To increase expenditures for scholarships and grants to $209,000. Endowment - To establish a fund of $50,000 per year for endowed scholarships. DEVELOPMEN1 PROGRAM
Show less
Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2009-2010
Title
Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2009-2010
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AuGSBURG COLLEGE GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG 2009-2010 Official publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612-330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's graduate programs. Although information was current at th...
Show more AuGSBURG COLLEGE GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG 2009-2010 Official publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612-330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's graduate programs. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the College policies in force at the time of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office, the graduate program directors, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page iv for correspondence or telephone inquiries. Published December 2008 www.augsburg.edu :1 / A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College's exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College's several graduate-level programs-the Master of Arts in Education (MAE), Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN), Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA), and Master of Social Work (MSW, and MSW/MA or MDiv, together with Luther Seminary)-are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. The programs do so in an environment that encourages students to transform theory into action and classroom experience into personal and professional achievement. Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg College, we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you, the individual student, find your calling at work and in the world. The Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow President, Augsburg College Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office Welcome to our graduate programs. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in their communities and places of work. We believe that the liberal and professional arts and sciences form the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Our locations in the vital metropolitan areas of Minneapolis/St. Paul and Rochester offer exciting and challenging field experiences for courses that include real-life learning through academic internships, experiential education, and cultural enrichment. The Twin Cities and Rochester become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Also, the diversity in our campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today's global environment. When you join Augsburg you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art classrooms, with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. You join a body of experienced people who quickly form your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city connections through public events, including our convocations and Advent Vespers. All our programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one another and to our neighbors. We expect our graduates to have their eyes on the world as they develop their identity as global citizens, with a sense of responsibility to participate in socially- and economicallysustainable development. We hope that at some time during your degree, you'll explore the opportunities to participate in an international learning experience-for example, travel seminars to our global campuses in Central America, Mexico, and Namibia, and opportunities to meet visiting students and faculty members from our partner institutions in Norway, Germany, Finland, and Slovenia. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg's doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths . Although each graduate program has its own "neighborhood" and unique features, we encourage interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. We encourage both "horizontal" initiatives-i.e., cross-program collaboration-as well as "vertical" initiatives-engaging our undergraduate students to consider graduate work. This means that sometimes you may be encouraging classmates who are just beginning to imagine a graduate degree. We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you. Sincerely, ~C.~ Barbara A. Farley Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ii Rosemary]. Link Associate Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies Table of Contents Directory of Offices and Programs . . . ... . ... . , .iv Introducing Augsburg College ........ ... .. . . . History ........................... .. ... .. l Minneapolis and Rochester Locations .. ... ... . .2 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships . . . . .3 Facts and Figures .... . ................ . ... .4 Academic Programs and Policies Academic Calendars ........... . . _. ..... . .. . .5 Academic Policies . ... ....... . .. .. . . . . ..... .5 Evaluation of Transfer Credit ..... . , ... .... . . .6 Student Rights ................. . . . . ... . .. . .6 Graduate Admissions Admission to Augsburg College .... ... . .... . .. 9 Readmission to the College ....... . ........ . . .9 Admission of International Students .... . ..... .9 Financing Your Education . . .. . . . .. ... ...... . Costs of Study .......... . . .... ..... ... . .. . 11 Payment Options . . .. . .. . .. ... .... ... .. .. . 11 Sources of Financial Aid .. , . . ... , .... . . . ... . 11 Applying for Financial Aid ... . . . ...... .... .. 11 Refund Schedule ... ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 12 Graduate Programs Master of Arts in Education ................. 14 Master of Arts in Leadership ...... ...... ..... 26 Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies ] oint degree in Accounting and Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing .................. .36 Master of Business Administration ........... .44 Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies .52 Master of Social Work .. .... . ......... .. .... 60 Dual Degree with Luther Seminary College Information Maps (Minneapolis and Rochester campuses) . , .74 Augsburg Board of Regents ............ . . ... .75 iii Directory of Offices and Programs Academic Affairs: 612-330-1024 Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: 612-330-1101 or gradinfo@augsburg.edu Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Vicki Olson, Director: 612-330-1131 Karen Howell, Coordinator: 612-330-1354 maeinfo@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu/mae Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Norma Noonan, Director: 612-330-1198 Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150 malinfo@augsburg.edu www.augburg.edu/mal Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) Cheryl Leuning, Dept. Chair and Director: 612-330-1214 Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150 Sharon Wade, Program Assistant: 612-330-1209 manursing@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing Bool<store: 612-359-6491 Center for Counseling and Health Promotion: 612-330-1707 or www.augsburg.edu/cchp Campus Ministry: 612-330-1732 or campmin@augsburg.edu Enrollment Center: 612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721, or enroll@augsburg.edu Questions about registration, financial aid, transcripts, payments, accounts Lindell Library: 612-330-1604 or www.augsburg.edu/library Public Safety: 612-330-1717 or security@augsburg.edu Master of Business Administration (MBA) Steven Zitnick, Director: 612-330-1304 Katherine Fagen, Coordinator: 612-330-1774 mbainfo@augsburg.edu wwww.augsburg.edu/mba Registrar's Office: 612-330-1036 or registrar@augsburg.edu Rochester Campus Program Office: 507-288-2886 or rochinfo@augsburg.edu Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA) Dawn Ludwig, Director: 612-330-1399 Carrie Benton, Coordinator: 612-330-1518 paprog@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu/pa Master of Social Worl< (MSW) Lois Bosch, Director: 612-330-1633 Holley Locher, Coordinator: 612-330-1763 mswinfo@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu.msw Master of Social Work, and Master of Arts in Theology or Master of Divinity Luther Seminary: 651-641-3521 iv Welcome/Information Desk: 612-330-1000 Introducing Augsburg College At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, act ethically and communicate effectively in a global world. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. MISSION STATEMENT The mission of Augsburg College is to nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. HISTORY A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869 , in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. and city life. This early interest in professional life as well education is a celebrated theme in our history and has led to the fusion of the liberal and professional arts as a hallmark of the Augsburg College graduate. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 130 years. After World War II, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the democratic college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911 , George Sverdrup Jr, became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She spent the next 42 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a concerted effort to become accredited. Full accreditation was achieved in 1954. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. Subsequently, the American Lutheran Church merged with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Students at Augsburg College benefit from the Lutheran tradition of service to your neighbor and faith in the city. A College in the City Paul C. Pribbenow became the 10th president of Augsburg College in July 2006. Under his leadership, the College aims to educate students of all ages-in the midst of a great city-to be faithful citizens, in service to the world. AUGSBURG TODAY Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: • Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it; 1 • An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith; • The city-with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled learning environment. Augsburg is a college of the liberal and professional arts and sciences, with its main campus set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now over 20,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg offers master's degree programs in education, leadership, nursing, business, physician assistant studies, and social work, plus a dual degree MSW/MA or MSW/MDiv with Luther Seminary Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their discipline. A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg's graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities such as Lindell Library, the Kennedy Center, and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their 2 teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office at 612-330-1101, or the Rochester program office at 507-288-2886. Augsburg's small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Augsburg's Rochester campus is located in the facilities of Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA) just a few blocks south of the heart of a city of approximately 100,000 residents. Situated in the heart of the Midwest, the community has a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Students at the Rochester campus are students of Augsburg College. As such, our purpose is to "educate for service," by preparing and equipping women and men to make a difference in the world. MINNEAPOLIS AND ROCHESTER LOCATIONS Augsburg's Minneapolis campus surrounds Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical complexes-the University of Minnesota Medical Center, Fairview-are adjacent to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theatre district just a few blocks away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreational opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. Convenient bus routes run by the campus and connect with the suburbs. Augsburg is located just blocks away from two Hiawatha Line light rail stations. Augsburg established its branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota, in 1998. Classes in Rochester meet on an evening schedule with occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. There are three trimesters in each academic year, and students can enter degree programs in the fall, winter, or spring. Several complete degree programs are available through the Rochester campus. In addition, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based courses and courses taken in the day or Weekend College program on the Minneapolis campus. Students who enroll in Rochester courses are required to use technology in the learning and communication process through the online course management system. Further information may be obtained at ON THE MINNEAPOLIS CAMPUS Admissions Offices The Adult and Graduate Admissions Office (for Weekend College, Rochester, and Graduate Studies) is located at 624 21st Avenue South. The Physician Assistant Studies Program admissions office is located in Anderson Hall. Augsburg for Adults Office Augsburg for Adults focuses on adultcentered educational programs and assists adult learners in all programs. It evaluates how the program fulfills their needs and identifies the educational services to help them succeed. The Augsburg for Adults office is located in Oren Gateway Center 110. Augsburg Abroad The Augsburg Abroad office, located in Murphy Place, provides advising and administrative services for students interested in an international experience. Resources for study, work, internship, and volunteer opportunities abroad are available. Bookstore The Augsburg College Bookstore, operated by Barnes and Noble, is located in the Oren Gateway Center. Online purchasing, phone purchasing, and delivery services are available through the bookstore. Counseling and Health Promotion The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. The center is located at 628 21st Avenue South. Christensen Center Christensen Center is the hub of college life. The new first-floor student lounge area offers games, TV, and a place to gather. Also in Christensen Center are Cooper's Coffee Shop, the Commons dining areas , Christensen Center Art Gallery, and offices for student government and student publications . The Office of Undergraduate Admissions for Day College is located on the first floor. Murphy Place Murphy Place is home to three of the four components of the Office of International Programs-Augsburg Abroad, Center for Global Education, and International Student Advising. It is also home to the four support programs for students of color - American Indian Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, Pan-Asian Student Services, and Hispanic/Latino Student Services. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the theatre and communication studies offices, as well as the film program. Foss Center's lower level is home to the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). James G. Lindell Family Library This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. The library is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh Street. Old Main Home for the Languages and CrossCultural Studies, and Art Departments, Old Main was extensively remodeled in 1980, combining energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Oren Gateway Center Dedicated in 2007, Oren Gateway Center is positioned on Riverside Avenue to serve as the "gateway" to campus. It houses Alumni Relations, Parent and Family Relations, Institutional Advancement, Augsburg for Adults, the Master of Business Administration program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, and the Step UP program. The center also includes student residence apartments, the Gage Family Art Gallery, Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Cafe, classrooms , and thejohnson Conference Center. Science Hall Kennedy Center This three-story addition to Melby Hall features a wrestling training facility, classroom space, locker-room and fitness facilities, as well as hospitality and meeting rooms, classrooms, and office space. Melby Hall This complex provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and serves as the College's general auditorium. Augsburg is accredited by: • The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Music Hall Music Hall contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Food Services A variety of food options are available both in the Christensen Center and in Oren Gateway Center. ACCREDITATION, APPROVALS, AND MEMBERSHIPS • National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education • Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) • Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) • Council on Social Work Education ( CSWE) (bachelor's and master's degrees) Augsburg's programs are approved by: • American Chemical Society • Minnesota Board of Teaching • National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) • National Association of Schools of Music Augsburg College is an institutional member of: • American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) • American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) Classrooms, science laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, and Finance and Administration offices are found in Science Hall. • American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) Sverdrup Hall • Campus Compact The Enrollment Center, classrooms, and faculty offices are located in Sverdrup Hall. • Council of Independent Colleges Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Originally built as a dormitory, Memorial Hall contains the president's office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. • Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA) (CIC) • Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) • National American Music Therapy Association, Inc. • National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) 3 • National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) • Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), • Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) • Minnesota Private College Council (MPCC) • Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) See individual graduate program sections for additional accreditation and affiliation citations. Augsburg College is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61to136A.71. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. • Calendar year-Weekend/evening trimesters and weekday semesters, varying by the graduate program • Majors-More than 50 majors in 35 departments and programs with two five-year degrees (BA in accounting with MAL, and BS/MSW in social work). Six master's degree programs. • Off-campus programs-The Office of International Programs offers programs through Augsburg's Center for Global Education and International Partners programs for short- and longer-term study abroad, for both undergraduate and graduate students. • Athletic affiliation-Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division Ill. CLERY ACT INFORMATION AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND FIGURES • Location-Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. • Religious affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 15 percent are Roman Catholic, and 1 7 percent represent other denominations and religions. • Enrollment (fall 2008)-3,948 students from 40 countries. Graduate student enrollment is 842. • Alumni-Appox. 25,000 alumni from 1870 through August 2008, including over 1,200 graduate program alumni. • Student/Faculty ratio-14 to 1 • Campus-17 major buildings. Major renovations to classrooms in 2007. • Accessibility-Augsburg is one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system provides inside access to 12 major buildings. • Degrees granted-BA, BS, BM, MA, MBA, MS, MSW • Library-Over 180,000 items, direct access to over 2.5 million through CUC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. 4 The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/ security/report.html. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg's Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454, or 612-330-1058. Academic Programs and Policies ACADEMIC CALENDARS Most of our graduate programs meet on a trimester calendar. Physician Assistant Studies classes meet on a semester day schedule. The academic calendars for individual programs can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change. ACADEMIC POLICIES The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the College's academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg's Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/) Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Withdrawn Status W-Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline without notation on the record Incomplete (I) Grades An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor gran ts permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for incomplete Grade form with the Office of the Registrar that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Academic Probation Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistan must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and course instructor. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Continuation Policy for Thesis or Final Project Students enrolled in a thesis or final project are subject to a continuation fee schedule after the term in which tuition was paid for the project. These continuation fees maintain a student's library, AugNet, and parking privileges while work on the final project is ongoing. During this time of research and writing, students pay either a $10 campus access fee or a $200 continuation fee each term until the project is completed, or until the time limit for project completion is reached. The schedule for when each fee is applied varies among programs. Course credit and contact hours A full credit course (1.0) is equal to four semester credits or six quarter credits. Each full course on the trimester schedule meets for approximately 28 contact hours (MSW trimesters meet for 32 hours, and the PA weekday semester schedule is approximately 45 hours) with the expectation of substantial independent and group study offered through the web-based electronic course management system. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following: • Successful completion of all required courses • A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. • Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg College. Dismissal for Academic Performance A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3 .0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. 5 Dismissal for Non-Professional Behavior Students may be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the College. Dropping Courses or Withdrawing Students who enroll in courses but later decide not to attend must formally drop their courses through the registrar's office prior to the start of classes to avoid being charged for those courses. Students who do not properly drop courses will be responsible for the tuition, regardless of non-attendance. Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or in person at the Enrollment Center during hours of operation. If you need assistance with this, contact your program faculty at least two days in advance of the start of classes. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form is required and is available at the Enrollment Center. Terms of Non-attendance Students who interrupt their program enrollment for longer than one semester or three trimesters must readmit to the College and program to resume their degree program. For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their adviser and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide 6 appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university and graded 3.0/B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. The maximum number of course credits that can be transferred to these program is as follows: Master of Arts in Education (2.0) Master of Arts in Leadership (2.0) the college community in regard to their personal and professional concerns. However, times do occur in which students think they have been mistreated. This procedure is provided in order to ensure that students are aware of the way in which their problems with faculty members can be resolved informally and to provide a more formal conciliation process when needed. Each student must be given adequate opportunity to bring problems to the attention of the faculty with the assurance that each will be given fair treatment. The faculty member must be fully informed of the allegations and given an opportunity to respond to them in a fair and reasonable manner. Master of Arts in Nursing (3.0) Master of Business Administration ( 6.0) Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) Master of Social Work (8.0) Augsburg course credits are equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter hours. Therefore, transfer credits that are reported to Augsburg as semester or quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course credits by dividing by four or six respectively Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student's transcript. Grades and gradepoints from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student's cumulative grade point average. STUDENT RIGHTS The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide. Students have a right to experience education without discrimination. Grievance Procedures Involving Augsburg College Faculty Members and Students Part I-Introduction/Preface Augsburg College is committed to a policy of treating fairly all members of Definition of Grievance A grievance is defined as dissatisfaction occurring when a student believes that any conduct or condition affecting her/him is unjust or inequitable, or creates unnecessary hardship. Such grievances include, but are not limited to a violation, misinterpretation, or inequitable application of an academic rule, regulation, or policy of the College or prejudicial, capricious, or manifestly unjust academic evaluation. College policies and procedures that do not come within the scope of the Grievance Procedures are the sexual harassment policy, the sexual violence policy, the Committee on Financial Petitions, Discipline Process, and Academic Standing. Time Limits Time limits will include only business days (M-F) for the program in which the student was enrolled. (Weekends, and vacation days are not included; summer may not be included depending on the student's program.) Part II-Informal Process It is always the student's responsibility to know these procedures and timelines and to follow them. A. Any time a student feels that she/he has been mistreated by a faculty member, the student should contact the faculty member to discuss the problem and attempt to resolve it. B. If no mutually satisfactory solution can be reached with the faculty member or if, in unusual circumstances, the student prefers not to confer with the faculty member, the student should discuss the problem with the department chairperson of the faculty member and attempt resolution of the problem. C. If the problem cannot be resolved in discussions with the faculty member or department chairperson, or if the faculty member and the department chairperson are the same individual, the student may contact the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College. D. The student must begin the Informal Grievance process within 15 days of the conduct giving rise to the grievance, by submitting an Informal Grievance Form to the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College. • The time limit to begin the Informal Grievance process for a grade appeal will be 30 days from the last published finals date for the relevant term. It is the responsibility of the student to maintain a correct and current address on file with the registrar. request for such extension before the end of the time limit. If the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College thinks the extension is warranted, the Dean will notify all concerned persons in writing. E. If the grievance has been resolved, either by agreement or by expiration of the time limits, a copy of the informal grievance and statements of the resolution will be kept by the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College for one year. Neither a copy of nor any reference to the grievance will be placed in the personnel file of the respondent. If these informal discussions do not resolve the problem to the satisfaction of the student, a more formal conciliation procedure is available in Part Ill of this document. Note: A student must file a written grievance, per below, within five days after completion of the informal process Part III- Formal Process Preface If a student has a grievance with a faculty member that has not been resolved through the Informal Grievance Process described in Part II of this document, the student may then seek resolution through formal procedures. • The vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College and the student must ensure the informal process is completed in 20 days . (See Part I for definition of time limits.) • In unusual circumstances, the time limit may be extended by the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College . A grievant or respondent must submit a written In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Your request should be submitted in writing at least one week prior to the date you wish to review your records. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records as you requested. For a complete copy of the procedures, contact the dean's office, Academic Affairs. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. FER PA The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. For example, this means that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. (See One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health stafD; person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility • If the student could not reasonably be expected to be aware of the conduct when it occurred, the student will have 15 days to file the grievance from the date on which the student could reasonably be expected to be aware of the conduct or condition that is the basis for the grievance . It is the responsibility of the student to establish the reasonableness of such non-awareness. The vice president of academic affairs and dean of the College will determine if this paragraph applies to a grievant. Physician Assistant Studies for details of its program policy) 7 Right to withhold disclosure of "directory information" FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. "Directory information" includes the following: • The student's name; • The student's address; • The student's telephone number; • The student's e-mail address; • The student's date and place of birth; • The student's major and minor field of study; • The student's academic class level; • The student's enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT); • The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports; • The student's degrees and awards received; • The weight and height of members of athletic teams; • The student's dates of attendance; • The most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student; and • The student's photograph. Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Office of the Registrar 8 must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. If the notice is not received by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within 10 school days of the start of a subsequent term for a new student), it will be assumed that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W, Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. GRADUATE ADMISSIONS Admission to Augsburg College All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution. All graduate students must submit completed application forms that can be downloaded from each individual program's web page, as listed below. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. MA, Education-p. 24 www.augsburg.edu/mae MA, Leadership-p. 33 www.augsburg.edu/mal MA, Nursing,-p. 42 www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing MBA-p. 49 www.augsburg.edu/mba MS , PA Studies-p. 57 www.augsburg.edu/pa MSW-p. 69 www.augsburg.edu/msw READMISSION TO THE COLLEGE tion in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). A student acquires F-1 status using form 1-20, issued by a DBS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways: 1) if the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a U.S . consulate (although citizens of some countries are exempt from the visa requirement); or 2) if the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the 1-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHSapproved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. Simply transferring academically from another school to Augsburg does not transfer a student's F-1 status unless the student and a Designated School Official (DSO) from Augsburg follow these procedures. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is one business day prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS To fulfill this requirement Augsburg graduate programs require international applicants to submit an official score report from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 100 (iBT), 250 (CBT) or 600 (PBT). Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a "full course of study" to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institu- U.S. institution with a minimum of two years of successful academic work completed in the U.S. (seven or more courses) . B. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following: • Analysis of credentials-to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited U.S. bachelor's degree. Course-by-course evaluation-to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course. • Calculation of grade point averageto demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard U.S. grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=l.0, F=O.O. • Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg's Adult and Graduate Admissions Office. Augsburg accepts foreign credential evaluations only from the following organization: World Education Services, Inc. www.wes.org A. Proof of English Competency C. Proof of Financial Support In order to receive an F-1 visa, the U.S. Department of State (DOS) regulations require international applicants to be sufficiently proficient in English to pursue a full course of study. International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses , and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). The TOEFL is waived for applicants who have a four-year degree from a Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student's family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an 9 Applicants for graduate study must submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). To complete and submit the FAFSA electronically, go to www.augsburg.edu/enroll. For further information, contact the Enrollment Center, 612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721, enroll@augsburg.edu, or www.augsburg.edu/enroll. If a student is selected for verification, additional documents will be needed. Students in this situation will be contacted by the Enrollment Center. FINANCIAL POLICIES Refund Schedule Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule (except for the minimum charge of $100 to cover administrative costs). Financial aid may also be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop one or more courses and receive financial assistance. [NOTE: Tuition refunds and financial aid adjustments are not necessarily made on a one-to-one basis. For example, you could receive a 60% tuition refund but have 80% of your financial aid returned. Be sure you understand the financial consequences of making adjustments to your registration.] Students are responsible for canceling courses through the Enrollment Center in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student's last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the student account and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined . Allow two weeks for a refund. The refund is a percentage of the full tuition charged, not a percentage of any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits made under the employer reimbursement payment plan. 12 CONTAICTTMiE ENROLLMENT C:ENTE'R For info·rm:atlon on eost~ pa~tne11\ts1 flnamli'al aid, tuition disc·ounts, and rr-e~f.uad:s : 13 Master of Arts in Education Master of Arts in Education We are pleased with your interest in the Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program. Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. We know that Augsburg College is an excellent choice for you to pursue your teaching dreams and goals-and here's why. OUR PHILOSOPHY. The Education Department program theme-Teacher as developing professional: from classroom decision-maker to educational leader-suggests the expectations we have that our students will leave our programs prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the institution. Our department mission statement goes beyond leadership to also lay out our expectations for fostering "student learning and well-being by being knowledgeable in content, being competent in pedagogy, being ethical in practice, building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively." Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students leave our programs prepared to be knowledgeable, collaborative, capable beginning teachers who imbue their practice with ethics, tolerance, and compassion. OUR FACULTY. Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do . We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. OUR ACCESSIBILITY. We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings and weekends to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. As a student in Augsburg's Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly qualified teacher-the teacher you can become. Vicki Olson, PhD Director, Master of Arts in Education PROGRAMS ELEMENTARY EDUCATION The Education Department offers initial licenses as well as endorsements for already-licensed teachers that also lead to a master's degree. The range of licenses available is described below. The K-6 elementary with a middle school specialty license allows you to teach in grades K-6 and in your specialty area of math, science, social studies, or language arts in middle school. As an alternative to the middle school specialty, MAE elementary licensure students can pursue a prekindergarten specialty. Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. That means classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level. Elementary education specialty areas in math, communication arts, and social studies are available through weekend and weekday evening courses. The science specialty area is available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, and weekend courses. Secondary education licensure is available through weekend and weekday evening courses in social studies, communication arts/literature, and K-12 visual arts. Licenses in other majors, including biology, chemistry, health education, mathematics, music education, physical education, and physics can be completed through a combination of weekend, weekday evening, and weekday courses. All of the following courses must be taken for licensure, and four to six of them may be taken at the graduate (500) level and applied toward the master's degree in education. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)* EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0) EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)* Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure options: EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)* Pre-K specialty area endorsement EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)* EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0) K-12 special education: emotional and behavioral disabilities K-12 special education: learning disabilities K-12 reading endorsement Education Department Mission To complete the license, you will also need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) The Augsburg College Education Department commits itself to developing future educational leaders who foster student learning and well-being by becoming knowledgeable in content, competent in pedagogy, and ethical in practice, and by building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively. EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25) Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math (1.0) * Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion programs. The Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and communities. EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science (l.O)* The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required to include at least two graduate-level courses from our Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program. This provides students the chance to study aspects of leadership as part of their degree program. Third, the final project-be it an action research or a leadership application project-gives students the opportunity to define an issue of concern and, supported by research, take on a leadership role in addressing it. EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25) EED 330 K-6 Methods: Children's Lit/Language Arts (1.0) EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25) EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25) EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies (.5) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)* EED 481,483 Student Teaching (2.0) *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in the classroom and educationrelated settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-8 classrooms during the weekday. Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor's degree and/or other coursework Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Minnesota licensure standards in a specialty area for middle school: subject area specialties are offered in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. The pre-K specialty is also available. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if i.t meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than seven years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. EOC 490/580 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EEO 312 K~6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Elementary Licensure Course Descriptions HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban fieldwork experience. (Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is the Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations. EOC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admissions to department) EEO 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's Literature Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 331 Middle School Methods: Communication Arts/Literature - Writing (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 34 2 K-6 Methods: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5 course) Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure and/or degree program and program portfolio. Preprimary Specialty for Elementary Licensure ECE 345/545 Foundations of Preprimary Education Students gain an understanding of philosophical, theoretical, historical, pedagogical, societal, and institutional foundations of preprimary education. Attention is given to the efforts of modern programs to adapt instruction to developmental levels and experience backgrounds of young children and to work in partnership with parents and social service agencies. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250,or their equivalents) SECONDARY EDUCATION K-12 and 5-12 licensures in several content areas are offered weekends and weekday evenings through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. Additional content areas are available through the weekday program. K-12 licenses allow you to teach your content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 512 allow you to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. Licensure Requirements The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure; four to six also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master's degree in education. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)* EDC 206/566 Diversity I Minnesota American Indians (1.0) EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)* EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)* EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0) ECE 346/546 Learning Environments for Preprimary Aged Children Students gain an understanding of how to recognize and construct, developmentally appropriate pedagogy and practice. Attention is given to the synthesis between course readings and experience and students experience working with current teachers in site based field experience. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250, or their equivalents; ECE 345/545) ECE 347154 7 Immersion and Teaching Competence Students gain an understanding of how to deliver developmentally appropriate instruction and assess learning appropriately for preprimary children. Students gain experience taking the perspective of families and communicating with them. A reflective practitioner's skills are developed through self-evaluation of curriculum planning. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: admission to department; PSY 105, 250 or their equivalents; ECE 345, 346) ECE 488 Student Teaching in a Pre-Kindergarten Classroom PSY 250 Child Development (Prereq.: PSY 105 or equivalent) SOC 231 Family Systems OR SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students using the Preprimary endorsement must take SPE 540.) ESE 300/500 Reading and Writing in Content Area (1.0) To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments (1.0)* ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods (1.0 -2.0)* ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0) *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. Undergraduate Content Area Requirements The equivalent of a major in a content area is required for K12 and 5-12 licensure. Students who have majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Additional content area coursework tied to licensure standards is generally required, even with a completed academic major. The following majors are offered almost entirely on weekends and weekday evenings: communication arts/literature, history or economics or psychology or sociology (all for social studies), art. Students seeking 5-12 licensure in social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. The following majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry; physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seek- ing licensure in any of these areas will likely need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule. Students can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5-8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5-8 general science license without the 9-12 license. Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than seven years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Education Department policy requires that a minimum of two content area courses be taken at Augsburg. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program. Secondary Licensure Course Descriptions HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) See course description on page 17. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban fieldwork experience. (Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesotabased American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations. EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) EDC 480/580 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Communication Arts/Literature licensure do not take this course). ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not take this course). ESE 310 K-12 Methods: Social Studies Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 330 K-12 Methods: Mathematics Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 340 K-12 Methods: Science Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 350 K-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for elementary concentration in communication arts/literature and for communication arts/literature license. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department.) ESE 351 K-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Licensure Requirements Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities Core The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to six also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master's degree in education. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (LO)* ESE 352 K-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0) EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)* EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)* EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)* SPE 315 Special Education Critical Issues Seminar (.5) ESE 360 K-12 Methods: Visual Arts Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 370 K-12 Methods: Music Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to three courses. Student teaching occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio. SPECIAL EDUCATION The MAE program with licensure in special education is based on an innovative internship model that allows coursework and experience to occur simultaneously. In addition to student teaching, students must complete two 40-hour field placements where they will gain experience working with students from age groups different from their internship site. There are two licensure options in the K-12 Special Education program: emotional/behavioral disabilities (EBD), and learning disabilities (LD). Both programs qualify you to teach in special education programs and positions; many students get licensure in both. SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities (LO)** SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies (1.0)** SPE 420/520 Planning, Design, and Delivery (1.0) ** SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices (1.0)** SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning (l.O) ** Learning Disabilities Core Students wishing to earn learning disabilities licensure in addition to emotional/behavioral licensure will take the above courses in the emotional/behavioral core and two additional specialty courses: SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities (1.0)** SPE 434/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning Disabilities (1.0)** A student wishing to earn only a learning disabilities license would take all of the above courses with the exception of SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices. To complete either license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level: EDC 220 Education Technology (.5) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) EED 330 Children's Lit./Language Arts and Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort-This graduate hcensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is being offered in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face; partly online) cohort program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree . See the Education Department and www.augsburg!edu/ mae/academics/ais_focus.html for more information. EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math* EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science* (see course descriptions under Elementary Education). *Ten to 20 hours of field experience required as part of this course. Students currently working in schools can often use their school employment for their field experience. **These courses are taken during the internship year. A significant amount of contact with students labeled EBD or LD is required. The ideal situation for the internship year is to be working in a K-12 setting with these students. Students not currently employed in schools must be available for extensive volunteer field placements during the internship year. (Minimum 10 hours/week). EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Eligibility: To be eligible to apply to the special education program at the graduate level, students must have a degree and be currently employed in a K-12 setting as a paraprofessional or licensed teacher, and/or have experience working with students who are labeled with emotional, behavioral, or learning disabilities, as well as considerable time available for volunteer field placements. EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's Literature See course description on page 17. This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and regular educators to facilitate inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Special Education Licensure Course Descriptions HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) See course description on page 17. EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban fieldwork experience. (Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing) EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) See course description on page 17. EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics See course description on page 17. EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science See course description on page 17. SPE 315 Critical Issues: Special Education Seminar (.5 course) This course is designed to support students seeking special education licensure throughout their internship year. Issues related to special education and their specific settings are the focus of the course. The department portfolio is completed as a part of this course. SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/ Behavioral Disabilities This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual models as they relate to this category of disability (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies This course examines the assessment process from the prereferral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the epartment) SPE 420/520 Planning, Desigu, and Delivery This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual program plans and to create effective learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities, which includes the medical and sociological aspects specific to learning disabilities. It will also teach students how to access information relevant to the field. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department). SPE 4 30/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, proactive, and non-aversive approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas* The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Should be taken at the graduate level for the reading endorsement. Field experience required for K-12 reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 4 34/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning Disabilities This course will teach students how to identify, adapt, and implement developmentally appropriate instruction and strategies that support the learning of students identified as having learning disabilities. The specific focus will be on the areas of reading, writing, and listening comprehension; and math, reasoning, and problem solving skills. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department). EDC 505 Literature in the Classroom (.5 course) The study and use of literature in the K-12 classroom. SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning This course examines the role of families of students with special needs, specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and admission to department). EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership The study of effective leadership and professional development strategies for individual schools and school districts, reading standards, state and federal reading legislation, and fiscal and budgetary operations. The focused implementation of knowledge and skills gained in reading licensure coursework. Field experience required. (Taken concurrently with EDC 508) EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation The study of student reading development, the knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing data of students' reading, and designing and applying appropriate reading curriculum based on this information. Field experience required. (Taken concurrently with EDC 510) SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching (1.0-2.0) READING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM Augsburg College offers a K-12 Reading Endorsement program. This endorsement has been established to provide teachers with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to expand their knowledge and practices in the area of reading instruction. Candidates for this license will complete 4.5 credits of coursework that have been designed to meet the requirements established for this license by the Minnesota Board of Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree. These courses include: EED 520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)* ESE 500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas (1.0)* *The courses EED 320/520 and ESE 300/500 are offered to both undergraduate and graduate students: EED 320/520 is part of the elementary and special education initial licensure programs; ESE 300/500 is part of the secondary initial licensure program. The rigor of the courses is increased at the graduate level. Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching license and who are graduates of Augsburg College within the past seven years will not be required to retake the entire version of EED 320/520 or ESE 300/500. However, they will be expected to complete the requirements for the graduate portion of the course they have already taken within the context of a half-credit independent study. If the graduate course was taken as a part of initial licensure (EED 520 or ESE 500) students do not need to repeat the course; however, if ESE 500 was taken without a field experience, 20 hours in a high school or middle school reading setting must be completed. EDC 505 K-12 Literature in the Classroom (.5) EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation (1.0)* EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership (1.0)* Reading license candidates who already have received their initial K-8 teaching licensure and who are graduates of Augsburg College, but not within the past seven years, will be required to take EED 520 or ESE 500 at the graduate level. *Field experience required Reading Endorsement Course Descriptions EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading* The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Should be taken at the graduate level for the reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching licensure and who are not graduates of Augsburg College will be expected to take EED 520 and ESE 500. STUDENT TEACHING Education students are required to complete student teaching in their content area. In the MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at this point. Student teaching for elementary and secondary initial licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for two to three credits of student teaching and meet at Augsburg College for a student teaching seminar several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students do half of the student teaching experience in the metro area and the remaining portion in another country. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful opportunity to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Student teaching for special education is completed as part of the internship year if students are working in a licensure appropriate setting. If not, student teaching is carried out after completing the special education coursework. A supervised practicum for the reading endorsement is completed as part of EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership. No further student teaching is required for this endorsement. GRADUATE DEGREE COMPLETION Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education core, with between four to six Augsburg graduatelevel licensure courses fulfilling master's requirements. To earn a master's degree beyond the core of education classes, students will need to successfully complete a minimum of three additional graduate-level courses: • a research methods course, typically ML 514 • an elective course chosen from leadership-focused courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program The goal for the graduate degree completion component is to foster the development of teachers as leaders within the institution and community as in line with our program theme and department mission statement. Graduate Degree Completion Course Descriptions Research Methods Course All students seeking the Master of Arts in Education degree must complete a graduate-level research requirement. ML 514 Research Methods Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. MAE Final Project Options Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts in Education final project: a leadership application project (LAP) or action research. This project serves as the capstone of the master's program. EDC 585 Leadership Application Project The leadership application project (LAP) is a research-based study that links issues of leadership and education with the degree candidate's personal interests. The character of the project will vary with the nature of the investigation and the materials involved, but will always be application oriented. The central component of the LAP is the demonstration of leadership ability through a concrete project appropriate to the candidate's workplace or place of service. EDC 586 Action Research in Education (.5 course) This course will introduce students to action research, a form of research that simultaneously contributes to the practical concerns of people while furthering the goals of social science. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and collaboration. Action research is used in real situations, and is aimed at solving real problems. The goal of action research is to gain better knowledge of one's practice while improving the situation in which the practice is conducted. This is the first of a two-trimester course. • a research- or leadership-based final project Students bringing fewer than six graduate-level licensure courses into the degree program must complete additional leadership or education graduate courses to reach the total of nine required courses. A minimum of four graduate-level licensure courses are required for the MAE degree. The research methods course will help prepare students to evaluate and document research for use in their final project or paper. This course examines both qualitative and quantitative research methods. The leadership elective courses allow students to examine issues of leadership at a personal or ins ti tu tional level. Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts in Education final project, which serves as the capstone of the master's program: a leadership application project (LAP) or action research course sequence and project. EDC 587 Action Research (.5 course) The second term of this course involves intensive data analysis, writing, and sharing of the degree candidate's research. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and collaboration. The trimester will culminate with a symposium in which student work will be presented in a public forum. MAL Elective Courses At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but others may also be used. ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of Change ML 545 Decision Making and Leadership Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of your previous academic work will be completed as part of the admissions process. ML 550 Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective Advising and Registration: You are able to participate in ML 565 Women and Leadership academic advising and the registration process after you have been accepted. ML 599 Special Topics (as appropriate) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students admitted into the MAE program must have completed: • a bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution, and can obtain licensure at the graduate level • cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the graduate licensure program. They can apply to the MAE full licensure and degree program after achieving 3.0 or better in two (2.0) Augsburg courses. Minimum Grade Policy and Academic Probation Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA in a given term in graduate course work are notified that they are on academic probation and have one term to raise their GPA to the required level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any course required for licensure-undergraduate or graduate-are notified that they are on academic probation and must repeat that course as soon as possible and raise it to the appropriate level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive a 2.0 in a graduate course may use that course for licensure purposes, but it will not be counted towards degree completion. Application Checklist The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: • Completed application form-www.augsburg.edu/mae • $35 non-refundable application fee • Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg • Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, and vocational/technical schools) sent directly to the admissions office. Applying to the Education Department: Once accepted to the College, students may take designated courses in education and content areas. Students initially admitted at the graduate level may register for courses at the graduate level. Prior to taking EDC 310/533 and above, students must be admitted to the Education Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522: Orientation to Education and in admissions handbooks, which are available through the Education Department. MAE IN ROCHESTER In step with Augsburg College's excellent reputation in the field of education, the licensure portion of the Master of Arts in Education program is now offered in Rochester*. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: EBD and LD. Classes primarily meet weekday evenings at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester. *Some licensure and content classes will be held in Minneapolis for students taking the Elementary Education licensure. Elementary education: The K-8 elementary with a middle school specialty license allows you to teach in grades K-8 and in your specialty area of math, science, social studies, or language arts in middle school. Augsburg College offers this license to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and meet admissions requirements. Special education: Emotional Behavioral Disorder/Learning Disability: This program is designed for those currently working with or planning to work with EBD and LD students. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education with a specialty in emotional/behavioral disabilities and/or learning disabilities. All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester. MAE degree completion courses are currently held in Minneapolis. ACCREDITATIONS AND APPROVALS Augsburg is accredited by: Admission as an international student • The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on page 9. • National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education Augsburg is approved by: Minnesota Board of Teaching Acceptance: You will be notified of the Admission Committee's decision usually within one to two weeks after your application file is complete and has been evaluated by the committee. For additional accreditations, approvals, and membership, seep. 3 MAE FACULTY Elizabeth M. Ankeny , Associate Professor of Education. BA, Augustana College; MAT, Morningside College; PhD, Colorado State University. Jeannie Uhlenkamp , Instructor of Education, BA, University of Minnesota; MSE, University of Wisconsin-River Falls. Diane C. Vodicka, Assistant Professor of Education. BEd, North Park College; MEd, Georgia Southwestern College. Jacquylynn Brickman , Instructor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MEd, St. Mary's University. Christopher R. Brown, Field Experience Coordinator/ Charter School Liaison, Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji State University; MEd , University of Sydney, Australia. Joseph A. Erickson , Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Jeanine Gregoire , Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Cheryl Gresczyk, Instructor of Education. BA, University of Minnesota; MA, College of St. Thomas. Gretchen Irvine, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, College of St. Teresa; MS, University of Wisconsin-River Falls; PhD, University of Minnesota. Deborah Katz, Instructor of Education. AB, Stanford University; EdM, Harvard Graduate School of Education; EdD, National-Louis University. Anne Kaufman , Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary Beth Kelley , Instructor of Education. BS, University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MEd , Bethel College. Gregory Krueger, Instructor of Education. BA, Southwest Minnesota State University; MA, Hamline University. Lynn Lindow, Associate Professor of Education. BS, Mankato State University; MS, North Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Susan O'Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD , Syracuse University. Vicki L. Olson, Professor of Education and Director of the MAE Program. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Donna Patterson , Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota. Christina Peper, Instructor of Education. BA, University of Minnesota; MEd, Southeastern Louisiana University. Ronald Petrich , Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MS, University of Minnesota. Alyssa Snyder, Instructor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of St. Thomas. Dana L. Wagner, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, St. Olaf College; MEd, PhD, University of Minnesota. Barbara West , Instructor of Education, Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, Syracuse University Master of Arts in Leadership Master of-Arts in 'Leadership Welcome to the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), a program that has been a vital part of Augsburg College since being founded in 1987. The MAL program offers students an excellent opportunity to explore leadership within the context of the liberal arts. The program design broadens the skills and mindset you need to improve your leadership capabilities in your current and future positions, as well as in your life. The MAL program is taught by senior Augsburg faculty from a variety of disciplines. The faculty are committed to an interdisciplinary approach to leadership studies. Our students represent a wide array of occupations including business, health care, and the nonprofit sector. This diverse learning community provides a rich environment for you to explore leadership beyond your own realm of expertise. Our program will help you develop skills you need to be an effective leader in an ever-changing world. I am frequently told by students that the program has changed their lives, has sharpened their understanding of themselves and others, and has opened doors that would otherwise have remained closed. To learn more about the program, go to www.augsburg.edu/mal. I would be happy to help you determine how Augsburg's Master of Arts in Leadership program may benefit you. Contact me via e-mail at noonan@augsburg.edu or by telephone at 612-330-1198. I look forward to seeing you on campus soon! Norma C. Noonan, PhD Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Mission Statement The primary purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community, and society Most organizations seek leaders who possess the following qualities: an ethically and morally responsible vision, an understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed, sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations, and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission, cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population, and the ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal. Introduction The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches to situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults, the program offers courses primarily on alternate Saturdays. The Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) is the core program of Augsburg's Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). The MAL program, launched in 1987, responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. While different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities: a vision that is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate environment; a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The MAL program provides a means by which individuals may discover and refine these and other abilities fundamental to effective leadership. Leadership studies is a growing field in American higher education, and the MAL program has significantly developed and modified its curriculum in response to new trends in the field. The program has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies yet attempts also to offer its students practical approaches to leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society. incorporate some online work into their agenda. MAL students may take up to seven courses during the calendar year. It is possible to complete the degree within two years if a student takes two courses each trimester. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the MAL program is participation in a community of learners gathered on the Augsburg campus. This community is enriched by the students, who have a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate community interaction, students are encouraged to make use of the Augsburg library, computer labs, and Christensen Center. The Center for Leadership Studies also offers special colloquia and seminars each year to supplement and complement the coursework of the master's program. A sample class schedule in the MAL program Period I Period II Saturday Saturday 8 a.m. to noon 1 to 5 p.m. Note: Each class taken commits a student to either Period I or Period II, an average of two meetings a month. An occasional course is taught on an immersion model which features fewer but longer sessions. A few courses are held on Sunday afternoons, from 1 to 5 p.m. Augsburg College has a summer session. The MAL program usually offers at least two classes during the summer. The courses are five weeks in duration, meeting normally two nights a week, except for special immersion courses. LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL Leadership Development Model-Augsburg College The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined in the leadership development model, that serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual. CURRICULUM DESIGN Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study Most courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and dialogue. During the academic year, classes meet on alternate Saturdays for four hours. A few courses are taught by the immersion model, which has fewer sessions but longer meeting times. Most courses Each MAL course normally includes two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, discussion, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities. LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL Leadership Orientation Toward Action Sense of Vision Ethical • Social awareness • Environmental awareness • Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences • Appreciation of situational complexity Creative • Innovativeness Facility for Persuasion Communicative • • • • • • Risk Assumptive • Curiosity • Achievement motivation • Self-esteem Final project options There are three ways to complete the MAL degree. In the Thesis/Leadership Application Project (Thesis/LAP) Option (Plan A), students complete a thesis or a major leadership application project and 11 credits. In the Non-Thesis Option (Plan B), students must complete 11 credits, two papers, but no thesis. For the third option, the Comprehensive Exam Seminar (Plan C), students complete 11 credits, including the comprehensive exam seminar. Plan A: Thesis/LAP Option Students who select the Thesis/LAP Option are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic. This researchbased study gives the student the opportunity to "tie together" what has been learned from the study of leadership and course-related activities. The principal distinction between the thesis and the leadership application project lies in their underlying orientation. A thesis has a more theoretical orientation, while a leadership application project is based on a practical issue. Both require similar rigor and preparation. For either alternative, the student must register for ML 592 and 593. For more information regarding the Thesis/LAP Option, refer to the Thesis/LAP and Non-Thesis Project Guidelines booklet. Students who do not complete their thesis or leadership application project within two years are required to pay a continuation fee each trimester.* Effective listener Effective speaker rnective writer Diplomatic ability Effective team member Interpersonal sensitivity Culturally Aware • Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of Individual differences Decisive • • • • • Self-confidence Analytical ability Ability to think critically Understanding of research Ability to manage connict Plan 8: Non-Thesis Option One alternative to the thesis is the successful completion of two major papers. The first of these papers will be written in conjunction with ML 580. The second paper will be written while enrolled in ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project. The independent research projects approved each year will be presented in an annual colloquium. For more information regarding the Non-Thesis Option, refer to the Thesis/LAP Project and Non-Thesis Project Guidelines booklet. Students who do not complete their independent project within a year of registering for ML 597 are required to pay a continuation fee each trimester.* *Both Plans A and Bare governed by Augsburg College's policy on continuation. A student taking Plan A has a maximum of seven trimesters (including the one in which registration initially occurred) to complete a thesis or LAP. After that the student may continue with permission but will pay a fee each trimester. A student taking Plan B has a maximum of four trimesters (including the one in which registration initially occurred to complete the Plan B final project. After that the student may continue with permission but will pay a fee each trimester. The fee is a continuation fee and is separate from any parking permits or other incidental fees. Plan C: Comprehensive Exam Seminar The third completion option involves one paper written in conjunction with ML 580 (as in Plan B) and a Comprehen- ML 574 Strategic Leadership The course develops students' ability to think strategically and lead organizations through planning and implementation; application of models and concepts to examples and cases from real-life practice. Case studies, exercises, and readings cover practices in for-profit and nonprofit organizations. ML 577 Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience The exploration of universal responsibility, conceptually and experientially. Course consists of a seminar in Minneapolis and approximately two weeks in Nicaragua. The Nicaraguan portion includes a home stay, meetings with leaders in various venues, and visits to multiple sites and organizations. Topics such as Nicaraguan history, politics, indigenous cultures, poverty, health care, literacy; the arts, business, foreign investment, and relations with the U.S. government and nonprofit organizations are explored. ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership Selected contemporary theories of leadership presented by instructors who participate in the seminar. Emphasis on critical thinking, discussion, written analysis. Prereq.: oneyear coursework in MAL program and ML 510) ML 589 Comprehensive Exam Seminar (PIN} This course is a completion option for the Master of Arts in Leadership. Students prepare for the examination seriesoral, written, and take-home-through discussion, readings, and critical analysis in the seminar. It must be the final course taken in the program. No other course may be taken at the same time. ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation I (PIN) Independent final research project supervised by an academic adviser. *A student may count only ML 597 or ML 598 for credit toward the MAL degree, except with permission of the MAL program director. Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies Graduate students who already possess a master's degree in any area (including leadership) may wish to pursue the certificate program. A certificate is awarded after completion of five Augsburg MAL courses in leadership (which were not previously applied to any other degree). The student may choose any five MAL courses or may wish to focus on a specific area such as ethics and leadership, global leadership, organizational leadership, communications, or leadership development. This option is attractive for people who want to continue their professional studies but not necessarily undertake a full degree program. The normal application process is used for students who wish to pursue the postmaster's certificate. Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership A BA in accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master's degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a weekend schedule. Please refer to the MAL program catalog for a complete list of course offerings and the accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. It is recommended that students meet with an accounting adviser to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program. General requirements for the accounting/MAL program ML 593 Thesis/LAP Consultation II (PIN) Completion of the thesis/LAP under the guidance of an academic adviser. ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project* Major written project in an area of the student's choice; to be completed in consultation with an adviser and a reader. The research is presented in a colloquium in partial fulfillment of requirements for the non-thesis option. Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The application process includes submission of: • completed application form • three letters of recommendation (two from professors and one from an employer) • personal statement • example of their writing in an academic paper ML 598 Independent Study* Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it signed by the supervising professor. Proposals must be approved by the MAL program director prior to registration for the course. ML 599 Special Topics Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. • GPA of at least 3.30 • interview with a three-person panel from the MAL program Students must also have faculty endorsement from the accounting program. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program. Program coordinator: Stu Stoller ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Admission as an International Student Applicants to the program must have: International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on page 9. • Bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year college or university • Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0) and a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university: • Three years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential. Applicants holding a master's or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible. Should an applicant not meet the minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, winter, and spring terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant: • Previous college record • Letters of recommendation • Experience and organizational background • Written statement • Interview, if requested Application Checklist The following items must be submitted to the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: ACADEMIC POLICIES Academic Evaluation Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being graded on PIN basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. In order to graduate a student must have a GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects must be successfully completed. A student registered for final projects (ML 589, ML 592, ML 593, or ML 597) will be permitted to participate in Commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses and projects are successfully completed. MAL Program Enrollment Policy Students may take either one or two courses per trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MAL Advisory Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one trimester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MAL program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an Application for Readmission form and submit to the Office of the Registrar. Time spent on an official MAL-approved leave of absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion. ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS • Completed application form-www.augsburg.edu/mal • $35 nonrefundable application fee • A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to leadership aspirations • Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential • Recommendation letter and checklist from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and leadership potential Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see page 3. MAL FACULTY Andrew Aoki , Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin. John Benson , Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg • Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred. College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Columbia University. • Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any Thomas Berl<as, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, PhD, University of Minnesota. Graduate Faculty in Organizational Management, Concordia University, St. Paul. Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members. Larry Crockett, Professor of Computer Science. BA, MA, Pacific Lutheran University; MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota; Priest, Episcopal Diocese of Minnesota. Cass Dalglish , Associate Professor of English. BA, College of St. Catherine; MFA, Vermont College; PhD, The Union Institute. Curtis Paulsen , Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, St. Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The Fielding Institute. Diane Pike , Professor of Sociology and Director of the Center for Teaching and Learning. BA, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University. John Schmit, Associate Professor of English. BS, St. John's Joseph A. Erickson , Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. John Furia, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas-Austin. Kathryn Swanson , Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. BA, Rhode Island College; MPA, University of Rhode Island. Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, UniverDaniel S. Hanson , Assistant Professor of Communication sity of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota. Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, and Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame. David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Velma Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University; EdD, West Virginia University: Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work and Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies. BA, University of Southampton; Postgraduate diploma and CQSW, University of London; PhD, University of Minnesota. Steven Manderscheid , Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD, University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University. Thomas Morgan , Professor of Business Administration and Executive Director, Center for Faith and Learning. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan , Professor of Political Science, and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana University. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp , Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MS, PhD, Academy of Economics, Krakow, Poland. Catherine Paulsen , Instructor. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, Lone Mountain College. STAFF Patty Park, Program Coordinator Master of Arts in Nursing Master of Arts in Nursing We are excited about the educational opportunities, engaging practicum experiences and wealth of transcultural nursing knowledge offered in the Master of Arts in Nursing program at Augsburg College. We are also proud of our students who come from a wide range of diverse cultural, educational, and experiential backgrounds. Some master's degree candidates enter directly from college, others are making mid-life career changes, and some are returning to college after raising a family. The career options in nursing are more variable and more rewarding than ever before. As our population ages and becomes increasingly diverse, nurses are challenged to respond with creativity and competence. The master's program prepares nurses for leadership across care systems, population groups, cultures, and settings, with particular emphasis on addressing global and local health inequities. Graduates of our master's program are practicing in acute care, community and public health, education, nursing administration, and emerging care settings that are responsive to the needs of culturally diverse and underserved populations. Many of our graduates are creating innovative practice models that demonstrate interdisciplinary leadership and economically feasible solutions to health inequities within communities. Students can choose between two tracks of study in the master's curriculum: Transcultural Nursing in Community or Transformational Nursing Leadership and Management. Classes are offered at the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis and at Bethel Lutheran Church in downtown Rochester, Minnesota. Video conferencing is used for most classes and allows for "real time" connections between students in the two sites. Program faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students in expanding their nursing practice and advancing their career options while exploring together how we transform our unique gifts and interests into personal and professional service in the world. Sincerely, Cheryl Leuning, PhD Chair, Department of Nursing Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Master of Arts in Nursing Mission Within the framework of a Christian liberal arts education, the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural practice across care settings, with particular emphasis on addressing health inequities. TRANSCULTURAL NURSING IN COMMUNITY The Transcultural Nursing in Community track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program was designed to prepare nurses for advanced population-focused practice in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided practice, and transcultural care. The program of study focuses on reaching populations that are underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the program provides rich alternative teaching and learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Upon graduation from the program, nurses completing this track are eligible to apply for certification in Advanced Transcultural Nursing through the International Transcultural Nursing Society. Also, graduates completing this track will be eligible to apply to the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification in Advanced Community Health Nursing. A total of 10 courses plus a thesis or graduate project are required. Three courses in the Advanced Nursing Core, which all Master of Arts in Nursing students must take, five courses from the Transcultural Nursing in Community Track, and two electives make up the coursework for the program. Advanced Nursing Core (three courses) NUR 505 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice NUR 520 Research Methods in Nursing NUR 523 Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar Transcultural Nursing in Community track (five courses) NUR 500 Transcultural Health Care NUR 503 Transcultural Health, Families, and the Life Cycle, and NUR 515 Managing Nursing Effectiveness within Care Systems OR The Politics of Health Care NUR 541 Plus, two of the following courses: * NUR 510 Advanced Community Health Nursing I NUR 511 Advanced Community Health Nursing II NUR 530 The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Transformation NUR 532 Transcultural Healing Practices ELECTIVES-two graduate elective courses, which may include the following: ECO 520 Economics of Health Care in a Global Community Visions of Leadership ML510 ML511 ML530 ML531 ML560 NUR 530 NUR532 NUR562 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Ethics in Communication The Dynamics of Change Developing a Multicultural Perspective The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Transformation Transcultural Healing Practices Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa Note: Academic advisers can inform students about other possible electives. *Students seeking certification in Advanced Community Health Nursing from the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) must complete 500 hours of clinical practicum work and select NUR 510 and NUR 511; students seeking certification from the International Transcultural Nursing Society may select NUR 530 and NUR 532. Clinical practicum hours are integrated into several courses in the curriculum. Thesis or Graduate Project-students are required to complete either a thesis or a graduate project, which is equivalent to one course. NUR 525 Graduate Field Project NUR 535 Integrative Master's Thesis TRANSFORMATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT The Transformational Leadership and Management track unites the liberal arts with nursing science and practice. This track is designed to develop nurse leaders who are analytical, articulate, and constructively critical and who will be able to cope with high-level healthcare delivery issues. Curricular emphasis is on interdisciplinary collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica and classroom dialogue provides opportunities for students to apply knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health inequities in creative and relevant ways. Specialty electives build on students' competencies and goals. Courses are offered by the Department of Nursing faculty as well as faculty teaching in the Master of Arts in Leadership and Master of Business Administration programs. Students take a total of 10 courses, plus a thesis or graduate project. Three courses in the Advanced Nursing Core, which all Master of Arts in Nursing students must take, five courses in the Transformational Leadership and Management Track, and two elective courses make up the course work for the program. Advanced Nursing Core (three courses) NUR 505 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nurs ing Practice Research Methods in Nursing NUR 520 NUR 523 Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (five courses)* NUR 500 Transcultural Health Care NUR 521 Transformational Nursing Leadership BUS 520 Management of the Healthcare Organization Two of the following courses: ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 527 Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace ML 535 Organizational Theory and Leadership ML 565 Women and Leadership Electives-two graduate elective courses, which may include: ECO 520 Economics of Health Care in a Global Community ML510 Visions of Leadership Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML511 Ethics in Communication ML530 ML531 The Dynamics of Change ML560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective NUR530 The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Transformation NUR532 Transcultural Healing Practices NUR562 Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa Note: Academic advisers can inform students about other possible electives. *Upon graduation from the program and completion of the Transformational Leadership and Management track, students are eligible to apply for certification in Advanced Nursing Administration from the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC). Thesis or Graduate Project Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts in Nursing final project, which serves as the capstone of the master's program: a graduate field project, or an integrative master's thesis. The graduate field project, NUR 525, is based on a selfselected issue relevant to transcultural nursing in community or transformational nursing leadership. The student will focus primarily on the application and integration of knowledge. Working with an adviser, the student will design and/or implement and evaluate a model of advanced practice nursing applied to health inequities in a selected community, or a nursing leadership issue. The integrative thesis option, NUR 535, expands upon and/or extends theoretical foundations or concepts identified in transcultural nursing, community health nursing, and/or nursing leadership literature. The thesis project demonstrates the student's ability to do independent research involving the exposition of primary and secondary literature appropriate to the topic, the collection and analysis of empirical data, and the articulation of implications for advanced practice nursing. Students register for their final project, with their adviser's permission, near the end of the program. Students must complete all coursework and defend the project within two years after registration. After two years, students must pay a continuation fee of $200 per term in order to retain student status in the graduate program, including library privileges, AugNet access, and parking privileges. Please refer to the "Graduate Field Project or Integrative Thesis Procedures and Policies" booklet available in the Nursing Department for additional information. Practica Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students who complete the Transcultural Nursing in Community track will have enough practice hours to be eligible to apply to take the certification exam in Advanced Community Health Nursing through the American Nurses Credentialing Center. Nursing practice with diverse populations will also provide students with the experiences needed to apply to take the certification exam in Transcultural Nursing. In the practica all students practice primarily in nontraditional settings with persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care. Emphasis is on cultural diversity and health inequities across health care settings. Students in the Transformational Leadership and Management track have practice experience in several courses with preceptors in leadership positions in a variety of care settings. A unique opportunity offered for practica at Augsburg is provided by the Augsburg Central Nursing Center. The Nursing Center provides services for persons struggling with poverty and homelessness in the city of Minneapolis. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide-ranging cultural contexts, provide many opportunities for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice. Study Abroad and Off-campus Opportunities The Nursing Department works closely with cultural guides, nurse mentors, and Augsburg's Center for Global Education in developing study abroad opportunities. The following study abroad and away opportunities are four examples of existing practicum experiences. Students may travel to Namibia in southwest Africa to spend two weeks exploring health and healthcare challenges within a rapidly developing country. Practical experience with nurses in a variety of care settings, meaningful dialogue with key resource persons, and critical reflection foster personal and professional growth in this practicum. Week-long immersion courses and practica are taught on the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation in western South Dakota. These courses and experiences offer students the opportunity to live on the reservation and participate with public health nurses providing health services. They also interact with tribal leaders and experience cultural events relevant to the Lakota people of Pine Ridge. Ten-day courses and practica are available in Mexico and Guatemala as well. Students explore the relationships of indigenous and Western health care, the connection between social justice and health, and interact with local indigenous healers. Students may apply all these study abroad options to requirements in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS NUR 500 Transcultural Health Care This course explores meanings and expressions of health, illness, caring, and healing transculturally. Focus is on understanding and developing professional competence in caring for individuals, families, groups, and communities with diverse cultural backgrounds. Culture is examined as a pervasive, determining "blueprint" for thought and action throughout the human health experience. Patterns of human interaction that foster health and quality of life are analyzed, and health destroying patterns of interaction, e.g., stereotyping, discrimination, and marginalization, are examined and submitted to moral and ethical reflection. (36 hours of practice experience) NUR 501 Transcultural Care Systems In this course, organizations are viewed as cultural systems that are complex and adaptive, where continuous change and unpredictability rule the development and course of evolution. The importance of relationships, the role of selforganization, the processes of emergence and co-evolution are explored via readings and discussions. Attendance at a local, national, and/or international nursing leadership conference is mandatory. Dialogue and networking with a variety of nursing leaders to understand the context of transcultural healthcare organizations are expected. NUR 503 Transcultural Health, Families, and the Life Cycle The major curriculum concepts of individuals, health, nursing, and society are developed further in this course as the function of individuals living in families and in communities is explored. Content about systems, communication, small group, and nursing theories is applied to family constellation. The influence of the multigenerational family is examined in terms of culture, belief system, roles, healthcare patterns, values, and goals. Specific concepts related to values and culture are expanded and applied to the more complex social structures of traditional and nontraditional families as they interact in and with society. (36 hours of practice experience) NUR 505 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice This course focuses on nursing science and nursing theory as foundational to advanced transcultural nursing practice. Philosophical underpinnings of different theoretical and research traditions in nursing are compared and related to the provision of culturally competent care in diverse communities. Nursing science is emphasized as a process of theory advancement and as an accumulating body of nursing knowledge. (36 hours of practice experience) NUR 510 Advanced Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on persons, families and groups living in relationship. Emphasis is on applying the core functions of community/public health - assessment, policy development and assurance. Principles of epidemiology, population demographics, and culture care are integrated into community-focused healthcare delivery models. Power structures within dominant social systems are analyzed and critiqued with regard to resource access and distribution among underserved populations. (36 hours of practice experience) NUR 511 Advanced Community Health Nursing II Emphasis is on the application of public/community health theory and research in providing health care to populations and communities. Essential public health services are assessed for adequacy in meeting community health needs and addressing transcultural health goals. The impact of diversity, privilege, resource limits, and globalization add depth and reality to local and global community health concerns, patterns of health, suffering, and healthcare provisioning. Prerequisite: NUR 510. (72 hours of practice experience) NUR 515 Managing Nursing Effectiveness within Care Systems In planning and implementing nursing activities, healthcare organizations are considered subcultures of society, which entail particular issues of access and utilization for marginalized people. Strategies for negotiating structures of privilege and professional control will be explored. Working with marginalized populations, students will identify and support the agency or persons who are seeking help from these systems. Nursing action will focus on mediating subcultures of clients with the subculture of healthcare systems. Major emphasis will be placed on mutuality with clients in planning actions and evaluating outcomes. (72 hours of practice experience) NUR 520 Research Methods in Nursing Through a combination of literature review, field experience, and class discussion, research methods relevant to the exploration of culture and health will be examined. Class topics will include formulating study questions to explore collective foundations of meaning and explanation in health and illness, practice in data collection procedures of field research, and issues of interpretation and analysis in qualitative research. Prerequisite: a college-level statistics course. (36 hours of practice experience) NUR 521 Transformational Nursing Leadership This course emphasizes transformational nursing leadership and management in partnership with diverse groups. Transcultural competence is lifted up as significant to the evolving leadership and planning skills needed in emerging care systems. Opportunities for students to engage in designing relevant models of care delivery are woven into clinical practica. (72 hours of practice experience) NUR 523 Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar The conceptualization, investigation, and application of nursing knowledge will be critiqued with particular focus on its contribution to developing practice in transcultural community health care. Through reflection and dialogue, which includes professional experience of practice contexts, as well as theoretical and research literature, students will formulate a transcultural nursing model of care. (36 hours of practice experience) NUR 525 Graduate Field Project This course focuses on the application and integration of knowledge to a student-selected issue or topic of concern relevant to transcultural nursing, community health nursing, and/or transformational nursing leadership. Working with a nursing faculty adviser, students design and/or implement and evaluate a theory-based model of advanced practice nursing. Relevant coursework is integrated into the project and the final written report. Plans for disseminating the report for public and professional use are encouraged. Students will defend the project to their graduate committee (major faculty adviser and two readers) and invited guests at the time of completion. NUR 530 The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Transformation In this course, the student will explore ritual and ceremony from a transcultural perspective. Attention will be focused on rituals and ceremonies in specific cultures and religions, and in the modern American medical system that sustains its own rituals. In some cultures, formal or informal religious practices may be integral to the ritual of ceremony and healing. In modern American culture, the perceived division between the mind, body, and spirit has led to ritual and ceremony being considered adjunctive to the scientific approach to healing. Students will have an opportunity to interact with persons who integrate ritual and ceremony into their lives and healthcare practices. Students will also discuss the meaning of ritual and ceremony to their own lives and professional practice. NUR 532 Transcultural Healing Practices This course will introduce students to complementary healing practices including the historical and cultural contexts in which they developed. Students will discuss the philosophical underpinnings of therapeutic systems and paradigms of healing in selected complementary therapies: music therapy, traditional Chinese medicine, mind-body healing, spiritual and faith practices, energy healing practices , movement therapies, homeopathy, manual therapies, and nutrition and nutritional supplements. NUR 535 Integrative Master's Thesis The integrative thesis expands upon or extends the theoretical foundations in the literature of Transcultural Nursing in Community or Transformational Leadership and Management. It demonstrates the student's ability to do independent research that integrates past and current literature appropriate to the topic, the collection and analysis of empirical data, and the articulation of implications for advanced nursing practice or leadership in nursing organizations. Students will defend the project to their selected graduate committee (comprised of the student's faculty adviser and two readers) and invited guests. Plans for disseminating the report for public and professional use are encouraged. NUR 541 The Politics of Health Care This course will explore how health and illness are related to inequities in society and dynamics of power in systems of health care. The following issues will be examined in the course: How widening gaps in the distribution of wealth diminish the health of all members of society; how social inequities become medicalized as health disparities, how an emphasis on profit in health care affects the distribution of healing resources in the population, and what strategies the poor and powerless employ to gain access to healthcare resources. This course will include an optional study abroad experience in Guatemala. (72 hours of practice experience) NUR 562 Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa This broad-based interdisciplinary course explores the influence of culture and gender on the HIV/AIDS pandemic in sub-Saharan Africa. The natural history, biology, and epidemiology of AIDS in Africa, as well as socio-cultural, ethical, theological, and political responses to the disease are examined. Women's collective and individual efforts to preserve the health of their families and communities are highlighted as hopeful and positive responses to the HIV/AIDS crisis in sub-Saharan Africa. NUR 599 Topics Study of selected topics that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. BUS 520 Management of the Healthcare Organization This course provides an overview of the key organizational and behavioral concepts which underlie effective management practices in healthcare organizations. It addresses both the theory and practice of effective management. The course will emphasize the importance of addressing the expectations, needs, and performances of people in organizations, and recognizes the role of the internal, external, and global cultures that impact organizational structure, behavior, and change. ECO 520 Economics of Health Care in a Global Community At the end of the class, students will be better able to apply economic concepts to the health systems of both the United States and other parts of the world. The focus will be on the public policy aspects of the healthcare system, e.g. , issues of access and cost. ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary journey Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing a historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative worldview. ML 52 7 Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace The wide-ranging spirituality movement in the workplace is a notable feature of contemporary life. This course explores the dimensions of this trend and its implications for leadership through a variety of sources and perspectives. ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS Applicants into the Master of Arts in Nursing program must have: • Bachelor's degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited four-year college or university, or must have an Associate of Science degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor's degree. • Cumulative GPA of 3.0 (on a scale of A= 4.0) in all previous college coursework • Experience as a registered nurse • Professional liability insurance ML 530 Ethics in Communication Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising, and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes sensitivity to ethical conflicts that arise in social and organizational settings. ML 531 The Dynamics of Change This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The course explores these various perspectives, including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational change. Sociological, human development, and economic theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector issues for social change. • Current nursing license • All required immunizations A college-level statistics course is required for progression in the program, but is not necessary for admission. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the Graduate Admissions Committee. Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September), winter Uanuary), and spring (April) terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant: • Previous college record and GPA • Letters of recommendation • Professional experience ML 535 Organizational Theory and Leadership In-depth exploration of organizational theory plus related concepts, issues, and concerns. The course is designed to enable the student to acquire knowledge and develop skills in order to function as a responsible, ethical participant within various types of organizational structures and cultures. ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in culturally diverse contexts within the U.S. Goals include improved communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity, appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings, and awareness of key issues facing those groups. ML 565 Women and Leadership A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and leadership: entrepreneurial, political, and social. It offers an interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership. Topics include analysis of alternative approaches to leadership, women and careers, and women in society past and present. The course is intended to enhance the analytical and leadership skills of the participants. • Written statement describing professional and educational goals Application Checklist The following items must be sent to the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: • Completed application formwww.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing • $35 nonrefundable application fee • A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant's professional and educational goals • Three letters of recommendation-in English-addressing the applicant's character and ability for graduate study. (Two of these recommendations must be from professional colleagues.) • Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, professional liability insurance, and required immunizations • Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested. Admission as an international student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above . Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on page 9. ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see page 3. DEPARTMENT OF NURSING FACULTY Magdeline Aagard , Associate Professor of Nursing. BA, Augustana College; MBA, PhD, University of St. Thomas. Marty Alemc\n, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Minnesota; MA, Augsburg College. Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MA, Augsburg College. Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Co-Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center (ACNC). BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. I Linda Holt, Instructor of Nursing, Co-Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center (ACNC) . BSN, University of Minnesota; MSN, University of Washington-Seattle. Cheryl Leuning , Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of the MAN program. BA, Augustana College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miiier, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN, Rochester State junior College; BSN , Augsburg College; MA, Augsburg College. Susan Nash , Associate Professor of Nursing. BSN, MSN, EdD, University of Minnesota. Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire; RN, College of St. Teresa; MA, St. Mary's College Graduate Center; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Colorado. Pauline Utesch , Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Winona State University; MA, Augsburg College. Master of Business Administration Master of Business Administration We are certain that you will make an excellent decision by choosing Augsburg to develop your skills, knowledge, and capabilities. We believe our program will give you an opportunity to challenge yourself by engaging in classes, projects, and studies that will help form and refine your ability to think critically, analyze problems, and align your decisions with ethical values and beliefs-while gaining valuable, relevant, and contemporary business acumen and skills. Today's business world offers great opportunities to not only realize traditional business goals of increasing shareholder or owner value but also offers individuals a unique opportunity to serve their communities, stakeholders, and associates by exercising good decision-making in the areas of corporate social responsibility, sustainability, and diversity. Our increasingly global and virtual economies call for new knowledge, new perspectives, and new competencies. Graduates of our MBA program are qualified to take their place as leaders in their organizations, their communities, and the global economy. Our unique summative course, the Management Consulting Project, gives students the challenging opportunity to work on real business issues with actual businesses and organizations in the Twin Cities and Rochester. Guided and coached by expert faculty with significant business experience, students work in small consulting teams and bring together the business disciplines they have studied in the program to perform an accurate analysis and recommendation to the client organization. Students in the Augsburg MBA program can choose among a growing number of alternatives that include completion of a core curriculum general MBA, a healthcare management-focused MBA, or additional concentrations in finance, marketing, human resources, international business, or project management. We believe we have the structure and design to promote learning and retain rigor, integrity, and quality in an accelerated degree program. The Augsburg MBA is organized into cohorts, taught by experienced and highly qualified faculty, and aided by excellent facilities, multiple locations, and the latest in technology, From the first day of orientation to the day you walk across the stage at Commencement, we promise to offer you an exciting, challenging, reflective educational experience that will increase your confidence, reinforce your concepts of vocation, and enable you to seek greater roles of responsibility and impact in your career. Sincerely, 4-- ~~ Steven M. Zitnick Director, MBA Program The Master of Business Administration MissionTo prepare students for professional careers in business by developing their decision-making skills and judgment, and by transforming them into effective managers and leaders. The program aspires to provide an outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world. Master of Business Administration Program Overview Todays business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and then critically think through the alternatives and courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in organizations facing this fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality, individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually improve the students' experience and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and real world application, giving the MBA student the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines. The Augsburg MBA can be completed in fewer than 24 months. Cohorts Augsburg's MBA program is organized around small groups, or cohorts. Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning community where students not only learn from one another, but mentor each other and peer coach. You'll share diverse professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations, both inside and outside of class. Working individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths, build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you will build personal, social, and academic abilities. Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels. Locations and Schedules Classes are offered at four locations: Augsburg's Minneapolis campus, Thrivent Financial in downtown Minneapolis, Augsbsurg's Rochester campus, and at St. Stephen Lutheran Church in Bloomington. Cohorts begin three times per academic year: fall term (September), winter term Qanuary), and spring term (April) . Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one-to-two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office at 612-330-1390. MBA Advisory Board The MBA Advisory Board is composed of both active and retired senior business leaders from global, regional, and entrepreneurial organizations. The board meets several times yearly to review the program's progress, offer advice, and provide insight into contemporary business issues that influence curriculum development or modification. Additionally, the board is invited to participate in student and alumni events throughout the year. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MBA 592 Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation This course will provide learners with well-rounded, comprehensive leadership skills that will enhance personal and organizational effectiveness. Leadership skills and abilities have long been viewed as important contributors to success in personal and professional spheres. Topics include leadership strategy, critical and distinctive functions and skills of management and leadership, relationship building, servant leadership, leadership communication, and self-awareness and discovery of leadership styles, traits, and abilities. MBA 520 Accounting for Business Managers Concepts of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) for preparing financial statements. Students will learn to analyze income statements, balance sheets, and annual reports, and to budget using projected sales, fixed and variable expenses, breakeven calculation, and capital budgeting. MBA 545 Organizational Development Theory and application of organizational development (OD) of human resources within organizations. Topics include strategies and tactics for developing human resources to support organizational cultural changes (such as total quality management), team building, collaboration with other teams, training, the impact of diversity, and evaluation of OD strategies. MBA 570 Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers Extracting actionable information from data, interpreting data in tables and graphs, interpreting statistical significance, evaluating survey data, using data mining with large databases, and using simulation and modeling in business decisions. MBA 575 Strategic Technology Making strategic technology decisions most favorable to organization and culture, interaction with customers and suppliers, and future growth of the organization. Students will come to understand the impact of the Internet and electronic commerce on the traditional business model, the effect on employees, and the ethical and societal results of given technology choices. MBA 510 Managerial Economics Application of economic tools in solving managerial problems . Topics include markets and organizations, demand and cost functions, demand and supply analysis, game theory and the economics of strategy, pricing incentives, evaluation, regulation, incentive conflicts and contracts, and ethics and the organizational architecture. Students develop critical thinking skills and a framework of analyzing business decisions. In summary, the objective of the course is to help business students become architects of business strategy rather than simply middle managers plodding along the beaten path of others. MBA 550 Marketing Management Applying marketing theory and practice to real-li.fe marketing situations. Topics include market segmentation, targeting, positioning, distribution of goods and services, the relationship between price and demand, brand management, and marketing plans and strategy. Students gain hands-on experience with marketing in cross-functional organization strategies. MBA 580 Management Consulting Project Working in teams with a local organization, students develop expertise in an area related to their vocation, using communication, leadership and collaboration skills, and academic knowledge to research, analyze, and make recommendations. The management consulting project culminates in a presentation to the client and the faculty adviser. MBA 530 Managerial Finance Understanding the foundations of financial management including markets, institutions, interest rates, risk and return, and the time value of money. Included are security valuation, corporate valuation, strategic investment and financing decisions, working capital management, mergers and acquisitions, derivatives, bankruptcy; and multinational implications. MBA 540 Business and Professional Ethics This course provides students with an understanding of the ethical problems faced by people in organizations and businesses today. A framework for recognizing ethical problems helps the student determine how decisions will affect people positively or negatively This course conveys a model of analysis of ethical problems to allow students the ability to make better judgments about what is right and fair. The course also allows students to gain confidence in their understanding and their proposed solutions for ethical issues, thus being able to forcefully and reasonably defend their point of view. MBA 560 Communication Issues in Management An ethnographic approach to communication in the workplace including how physical settings, communication channels, institutional goals, institutional culture, and the roles of participants shape communication. Students will use case studies and their own workplace experiences to examine effectiveness, ideologies and biases, network theory, persuasive appeals, and communication of institutional values. MBA 565 Managing in a Global Environment Explores the reasons, conditions, processes, and challenges of internationalization from an enterprise perspective. The foci of the course will be international trade theory and institutional governance of international trade/monetary policy, and the differences in political-economic/socio-cultural systems and their implications for international business. MBA 595 Strategic Management Organizations that survive over time generally meet customer needs more effectively than the customer's alternatives. These organizations adapt to a constantly changing environment, usually coordinating change in a variety of different functional areas. Strategy matches the organization's capabilities to its market position, facilitates resource allocation, and provides guidance for decision-making. This course is integrative of all subject matter in the MBA program, and adopts the perspective of senior management. THE AUGSBURG MBA WITH A HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION This program includes the following courses from the MBA core program, followed by the Healthcare Management Concentration. MBA 592 MBA 520 MBA 510 MBA 570 MBA 530 MBA 560 MBA 545 MBA 575 MBA 550 MBA 595 Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation Accounting for Business Managers Managerial Economics Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers Managerial Finance Communication Issues in Management Organizational Development in Healthcare Management Strategic Technology in Healthcare Management Marketing in Healthcare Management Strategic Management for Healthcare Management MBH 597 Integrated Health Delivery Systems (Required) This course is focused on the health-related industries that comprise the healthcare system in the United States. Critical success factors for the medical care, hospital care, long-term care, mental health care, medical equipment, pharmaceutical, health insurance, and managed care industries are examined. The course also considers the influences of demographics, consumer expectations, and government policies on healthcare system performance. MBH 542 Legal and Ethical Considerations in Health Care (Required) This course covers the laws affecting administration of hospitals and other healthcare organizations: administrative law, corporate and business law, labor law, civil liability, and taxrelated issues. The course also considers the ethical issues underlying financing, organization, and delivery of healthcare services as well as addresses the numerous ethical issues raised by advances in technology, changing societal values, decreased resources, and increasing professional liability. MBH 53 7 Healthcare Financing (Required) This course focuses on a variety of public and private third party mechanisms for financing healthcare services. A review is made of the various trends and constraints associated with each mechanism. Particular attention is paid to the role of private health insurance and government reimbursement mechanisms for health services. Prerequisite: MBA 530 Managerial Finance MBH 546 Human Resource Issues in Health Care (Elective or required, depending on location) This course provides complete coverage of relevant human resource issues in healthcare management, as well as a solid foundation in both HR and healthcare administrative practices. It offers a comprehensive, focused approach to the demands of the current human resources role. This practical, hands-on course introduces human resources to those who are preparing to work in any area of health care or health services. Written for practitioners and students in all disciplines related to health, this course covers important topics such as recruitment, training, termination, legal issues, labor unions, design and analysis safety, employee relations, healthcare compensation practices, and the challenges facing healthcare management today. MBH 593 Healthcare Operations Management (Elective) This course analyzes the operations of healthcare organizations to improve quality and productivity. Quality improvement models including Six Sigma are reviewed for usefulness and effectiveness within healthcare delivery or manufacturing environments related to health care. Management information systems (MIS) are evaluated as aids to the quality process. A course project is a key element in applying strategic concepts and processes. MBH 562 Global Healthcare Issues (Required) Governments bear significant responsibilities for assuring the health of their people. As our understanding of the social determinants of health has improved, exercising this responsibility calls for national policies that include planning for the personal healthcare system, addressing broader issues of population health services and links to policies that affect education, economic development, the environment, among other areas. All nations, especially developing countries and those in transition, face challenges to their national health strategies from the effects of globalization and global decision-making on issues that affect health. MBH 572 Information Technology in Health Care (Elective) The course focuses on managing information as a strategic resource within healthcare organizations; designing information systems to capture, combine, and transform information to measure processes and outcomes of care, support collaborative clinical decision-making, support management decisions, empower patients, and improve healthcare operations. CONCENTRATIONS Master of Business Administration students may choose a concentration in one of several disciplines following com- pletion of the core curriculum. A concentration allows students to become competitive in a specific career field or, in some cases, assists the student in achieving a professional certification or accreditation. Graduate Certificates The following concentrations are also available as graduate certificate programs. Students who seek advanced skills and knowledge in a specific business discipline, but either already possess an MBA or are not interested in pursuing a degree at this time, may enroll in any concentration as a certificate student. These courses are transcribed and "for credit." In most cases, (depending on employer policies) they will be accepted for tuition reimbursement. Contact the MBA Office at 612-330-1778 or the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office at 612-330-1390 for more information. Finance Concentration Students prepare for careers in international banking, finance, and investments by learning finance and investment theory and applications , and the operations of financial markets. • Financial theory and applications • Investment theory and portfolio management • Financial markets • Options and derivatives • International finance • Financial statement analysis Marketing Concentration Students receive solid exposure to major topic areas beyond the core, learn to evaluate research data for marketing decisions, and gain integrative, practical experience in marketing. • Marketing research • Marketing communications • Sales management • Consumer behavior • Technology and e-commerce • International marketing Human Resource Management Concentration Students can prepare for careers in the field of human resource management. Major topics cover a wide range of HR functions including training and selection, compensation and benefits, and global issues in human resources. Students completing the certificate will be preparing for certification as a human resource professional (PHR). • Training, selection, and performance • Industrial/Labor relations • Compensation and benefits management • Organizational effectiveness • Global human resources • Strategic human resources Healthcare Management Concentration The Master of Business Administration with a concentration in healthcare management (MBA/HCM) is designed to provide students with leadership as well as the management knowledge and skills needed to be successful in today's healthcare organizations. The MBA/HCM emphasizes the identification, analysis, and solution of complex management problems with a foundation of healthcare concepts and decision models that will support the variety of management roles that can be seen in today's healthcare environment. • Legal and ethical considerations in healthcare management • Official GMAT score report (school code 6014)-not required for certificate applicants Admission as an international student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission oflnternational Students on page 9. Admission as a transfer student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. • Integrated health delivery systems • Healthcare financing • Cross-cultural issues in health care • Global healthcare issues • Healthcare operations management (elective) Transfer students may receive up to six (6.0) transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit on p. 6.) Students must complete no fewer than seven (7.0) courses at Augsburg in order to receive their MBA degree from Augsburg College. GMAT Waiver Policy International Business Concentration Students develop a specialized toolkit to deal with the global economy with its massive increases in international trade, foreign direct investment, multinational companies, and international financial transactions. • Business English • International marketing • International managerial finance • International business negotiations • International logistics As a general policy, the Augsburg MBA program requires the GMAT of all applicants, due to both the analytical and critical evaluation components of our accelerated program. The GMAT is used both to evaluate the candidate's opportunity for success as well as indicate areas where remedial work may be necessary. However, the Admissions Committee will consider, on a case-by-case basis, GMAT waiver requests for the MBA program. Waivers are not automatic for any candidate, and a brief written request must be submitted outlining the reasons why the Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver. Current occupation or undergraduate disciplines are not specific grounds for a GMAT waiver. • Legal aspects of international business ELIGIBILITY Project Management Concentration-coming in 2009 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Applicants to the MBA program must have: • bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited four-year institution • minimum of two years of relevant work experience • personal interview with the MBA program director Admission checl<list The following materials must be submitted to the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: • completed application-Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba/admissions/application.html • $35 application fee • Two personal statements • Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly to the Augsburg Adult and Graduate Admissions Office • Current resume of work history • Two confidential letters of recommendation GMAT waivers may be offered to: Those candidates who have been enrolled in a graduate degree program in a technical or quantitatively rigorous discipline (such as actuarial science, engineering, mathematics, physics, economics, or chemistry) from an accredited institution and who were in good academic standing with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B average under the system used by that institution). Students should have completed at least four academic courses within this curriculum to qualify. It is important to note that employment history and current assignment will be reviewed in addition to the degree requirement. • Those who hold the following graduate degrees from an accredited college or university with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B average under the system used by that institution.) • Medical or dental degree (MD,DDS) • Law degree QD)-depending on undergraduate major • Master's or doctoral degree in an academic discipline that included a significant quantitative, engineering, mathematics, or statistics component or involved research requiring significant quantitative skills. • Any other quantitatively based graduate degree from an accredited college or university that the Admissions Committee believes has highly prepared the candidate for rigorous graduate-level work • Master's, PhD, EdD, or advanced degrees in disciplines other than those identified, including those granted by academic institutions outside the U.S. will be evaluated by the Admissions Committee. (See grade requirement above) • Those who have completed a graduate program at Augsburg College in the MAL, MAN, MSW, MAE, or PA programs. • Current and active CPA designation. If the CPA designation has been inactive and not current for a period greater than five years, the waiver will not be granted. GMAT WAIVER CHECKLIST Please submit the following documentation to the associate director of the MBA program: • One-page written request outlining reasons why the Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver • Copies of transcripts for all work completed at any college or university, whether or not a degree was granted (unless previously submitted to the graduate admissions office) • Current resume (unless previously submitted to the graduate admissions office) • Any other information that you wish to submit to support your request Typically, GMAT waiver decisions are made within one week of receipt of materials. For questions about this checklist or the waiver policy, please contact either the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office or the MBA program office. ACADEMIC POLICIES MBA Program Enrollment Policy Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for more than one trimester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion. Last Day to Withdraw from Class For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records, please contact the MBA office. Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale as defined below: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Meets acceptable standards 2.5 2.0 Meets minimum standards Unacceptable performance (no credit - course must be repeated) 1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit - course must be repeated) W Grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline, "Without notation on the record." Students can only withdraw from the same class two times. If a student withdraws from the same course a third time, he or she must meet with the director of the MBA program to discuss continued participation in the MBA program. An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Office of the Registrar that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Degree Requirements To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following: • Successful completion of all admission conditions • Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above) • No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher • Successful completion and submission of the management consulting project Students who successfully complete Augsburg's MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration degree. ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see page 3. MBA FACULTY William Arden , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, New York University; MS, Northeastern University; MBA, Boston University. David Bartlett, Instructor, Economics and Business Administration. BA, University of California-San Diego; MA, University of Chicago; MA, PhD, University of California-San Diego. Lori Peterson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BSB, Carlson School, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota. Larry Sallee , Instructor, Business Administration. BS, University of Wisconsin-Superior; MBA, University of WisconsinLaCrosse; DBA, U.S. International University; Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Certified Management Accountant. Nora Braun , Associate Professor of Business Administration. BSBA, University of Missouri-Columbia; MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota. John Schmit, Associate Professor of English. BS, St. john's Thomas Burns, Instructor, Business Administration. BA, Iona David Schwain , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BBA, University of Cincinnati; MBA, Harvard University. College; MBA, University of St. Thomas. C. Lee Clarke , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Capital University; MDiv, Trinity Lutheran Seminary; MBA, University of St. Thomas. University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, University of Texas. Joanne Smith , Instructor, Business Administration. BA, Smith College; MA, University of Minnesota. David Conrad , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Peter Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, EdD, Pepperdine University: BA, Winona State University; MA, EdD, St. Mary's University of Minnesota. John Stein, Instructor, of Economics. BS, University of Detroit; MA, University of Illinois. Stella Hofrenning , Assistant Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois. Stuart Stoller, Professor of Business Administration. BS, MS, Long Island University; Certified Public Accountant (CPA). Mark Isaacson , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Steven Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administra- Ashok Kapoor , Associate Professor of Business Administra- tion and Director of the MBA program. BA, Shimer College; MS, University of Utah. tion. BA, MA, University of Delhi; MA, MBA, University of Minnesota; PhD, Temple University. Laura Lazar, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, MLS, Valparaiso University; MBA, PhD, Indiana University: Edward Lotterman , Assistant Professor of Economics. BA, MS, University of Minnesota. Steven Lukas, Instructor, Business Administration. BS, MA, University of Nebraska; EdD, University of St. Thomas. Roseanne Malevich , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, MBA, University of Wisconsin-Madison. Marc Mcintosh , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA, Argosy University: Michael Mcllhon, Instructor, Business Administration. BBA, MA, University of Iowa. John Molloy, Assistant Professor ofBusiness Administration. BBA, MS, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Master of Science in Physician .Assistant ·studies Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Thank you for your interest in the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program. I hope you will find the information included in this catalog helpful as you make the decision to pursue your graduate degree in physician assistant studies. Our mission in the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program is to educate students in a manner consistent with the College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds, and oriented toward service to underserved populations. Students are educated to be well versed in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity; and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development. Your education here will be guided by a group of faculty who are committed to the physician assistant profession and to seeing you achieve success as a graduate of the program. With a PA degree from Augsburg College, you will stand out as a person who cares about changing the world one person at a time, and who is willing to risk becoming different by building on your strengths. Since its founding in 1995, our program graduates have achieved many successes, some of which include: • The Classes of 2001, 2004, and 2007 scored among the highest mean averages in the nation on the National Board Exam. • 95% of Augsburg College PA graduates have successfully passed the National Board Exam on their first try. • ALL graduates seeking employment in the PA field have been employed within six months of graduation. We believe that this success is due in part to the quality of the education and preparation that the student receives in the Augsburg PA Program. In addition, it speaks to the kind of students we attract; hard working, committed individuals dedicated to their goal of becoming a physician assistant. Choosing the PA Program at Augsburg College will require you to move beyond current comforts and assumptions. You will likely encounter people of different backgrounds, and learn from their experiences to transform yourself into a competent and caring healthcare provider. Here you will begin your lifelong commitment to the care and well being of people. Dawn B. Ludwig, PhD, PA-C Director, Physician Assistant Studies Program student has been in for the required rotations, or may be elsewhere in the state. The clinical education is taught by physicians, and supplemented by physician assistants and other healthcare providers. Each student is evaluated by the physician preceptor for the designated rotation. Nine times during the clinical phase students will return to Augsburg for testing as well as didactic and clinical skill workshops. CLINICAL PHASE DESCRIPTIONS PA 600 Family Medicine Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice of family medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 601 Internal Medicine Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice of internal medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 602 General Surgery Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical practice of general surgery. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 603 Pediatric Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical practice of pediatrics. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 604 Women's Health Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical practice of women's health. Inclusion of proper data callee- tion through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 605 Emergency Medicine Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical practice of emergency medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidencebased medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 606 Psychiatry Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of psychiatric diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice of psychiatric medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidencebased medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 607 Elective Clinical Practicum A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice of medicine. Students are allowed to choose, in consultation with the clinical coordinator, the area of medicine in which they would like to study as their elective. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student PA 620 or 621 or 622 Preceptorship A required 12-week rotation at the completion of the clinical phase. This course provides the student a final opportunity to develop the skills unique to the clinical practice of medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans incorporating evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Can be completed in 620 Family Medicine, 621 General Medicine Specialty, or 622 Surgical Specialty. Prerequisite: PA 600-607 PA 690 Capstone This course provides each student the opportunity to present results of their individual research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience in preparation for graduation and clinical practice. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the program's and profession's principles. Prerequisite: PA 600-607 • Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required. Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process. Augsburg College's graduate program in physician assistant studies receives approximately 250 applications for each entering class of 28 students. The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process-applying through CASPA and to Augsburg's PA Studies Program. Qualified applicants will have: • Bachelor's degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution • Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 • Completed the prerequisite courses listed below PA Studies Application Process The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms with detailed instructions can be obtained online at www.caspaonline.org. Prerequisite Courses To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for admission. If you have already completed your undergraduate degree, prerequisites must be completed by the end of fall semester (no later than December 30) of the year you are applying. If you are completing your first undergraduate degree, you may complete prerequisite course work in the spring semester of the year you are applying; however, that coursework must be completed prior to the start date of the program. All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does not guarantee admission into the program. You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 (as calculated by CASPA), if you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your situation. Augsburg's PA Program Supplemental Application can be downloaded from www.augsburg.edu/pa. It is important for the applicant to determine whether he or she is in fact eligible to apply to the PA Studies Program, as the $25 supplemental application fee is non-refundable. You will be required to print and sign the supplemental application and mail it to the program by the application deadline. Since all incoming students begin the course of study in late May, the application is thus made approximately a year before matriculation. • one full course of general psychology • one full course of developmental psychology (birth to death lifespan) • one full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ) • one full course of microbiology* • one full course of biochemistry* • one full course of general statistics • one course of medical terminology *Labs are recommended but not required. Refer to our "Guide to Prerequisites" on our website to help you with your prerequisite course selections. The following are strongly recommended but not required: • Minimum science GPA of 3.0 • Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry • Clinical healthcare experience. Direct patient contact is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. Healthcare experience may be full time or part time, paid or volunteer. Selection Process All complete files ( CASPA and Supplemental Applications that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions committee. The admissions committee procedures utilize a blind review, so applicant demographic data is unknown (e.g., race, age, gender). Each file is reviewed by members of the committee. The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing many criteria including cumulative GPA, science GPA, overall academic record, service to underserved (meaning disadvantaged, minority; or under-represented populations), direct patient contact experience, knowledge of the profession, fit with the program goals and mission, and recommendation letters. Once the committee has completed the file review, a group of candidates is selected for a telephone interview. The telephone interviews are generally conducted in mid- to lateJanuary. In addition, those selected for a telephone interview are invited to a Candidate Information Session in the program to meet faculty, staff, current students, and to view the facilities. After telephone interviews are conducted, the class of 28 students, as well as a list of alternates will be selected. All applicants are notified of their status by midFebruary. PA PROGRAM POLICIES Technical Standards • The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of all qualified students and prohibits unlawful discrimination against anyone on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, marital status, sexual orientation, status without regard to public assistance or disability. • Regarding disabled individuals, the PA department is committed to provide reasonable accommodations and will not discriminate against individuals who are qualified, but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards, with or without reasonable accommodations. Physician assistants must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situations and to render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s) employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze, and synthesize data. Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by this department must have, with or without reasonable accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including visual, oral-auditory, motor, cognitive, and behavioral/ social. Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent manner. • Visual: Candidates must be able to observe and participate in experiments in the basic sciences. In order to make proper clinical decisions, candidates must be able to observe a patient accurately. Candidates must be able to acquire information from written documents, films, slides, or videos. Candidates must also be able to interpret X-ray and other graphic images, and digital or analog representations of physiologic phenomena, such as EKGs with or without the use of assistive devices . Thus, functional use of vision is necessary. • Oral-Auditory: Candidates must be able to communicate effectively and sensitively with patients. Candidates must also be able to communicate effectively and efficiently with other members of the healthcare team. In emergency situations, candidates must be able to understand and convey information essential for the safe and effective care of patients in a clear, unambiguous, and rapid fashion. In addition, candidates must have the ability to relate information to and receive information from patients in a caring and confidential manner. • Motor: Candidates must possess the motor skills necessary to perform palpation, percussion, auscultation, and other diagnostic maneuvers. Candidates must be able to execute motor movements reasonably required to provide general and emergency medical care such as airway management, placement of intravenous catheters, cardiopul- • • monary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding. These skills require coordination of both gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium, and integrated use of the senses of touch and vision. Cognitive: In order to effectively solve clinical problems, candidates must be able to measure, evaluate, reason, analyze, integrate, and synthesize in a timely fashion. In addition, they must be able to comprehend three dimensional relationships and to understand the special relationships of structures. Social: Candidates must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically taxing workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to changing environments, display flexibility, and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients. Tests and Evaluations: In order to evaluate the competence and quality of candidates, the Augsburg Physician Assistant Program employs periodic examinations as an essential component of the physician assistant curriculum. Successful completion of these examinations is required of all candidates as a condition for continued progress through the curriculum. Reasonable accommodation will be made in the form or manner of administration of these evaluations where necessary and possible. Clinical Assessments: Demonstration of clinical competence is also of fundamental importance to the career and curriculum progression of the candidates. Therefore, the process of faculty evaluation of the clinical performance of candidates is an integral and essential part of the curriculum. Although reasonable accommodation will be made, participation in clinical experiences and the evaluation of that participation is required. Experiential Learning Policy The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning. Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg's PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses. Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical year or preceptorship. Employment while in the Program Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will not be altered due to a student's work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the physician assistant students' learning progress or responsibilities while in the program. Withdrawal and Readmission Policies Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to the program director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should ou tline the circumstances and reasons for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the program director prior to leaving the program. See page 5 for information on withdrawal. Readmission Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the program director stating the reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances. Students who submit letters will be reviewed by the program faculty. Any student requesting readmission will be considered a new applicant to the program and will be required to complete the program application process as a new applicant, and may be required to repeat coursework. Reapplication does not guarantee readmission to the Physician Assistant Program. After careful review of the student's previous academic record and the request for readmission, a decision will be made. Students may be required to repeat selected coursework or meet new requirements of the Physician Assistant Program that became effective after the student's withdrawal. A decision will also be rendered as to what program coursework will be considered for credit as completed. COSTS OF THE PA PROGRAM For tuition information go to www.augsburg.edu/pa. Payment Options For complete and current payment options go to the Enrollment Center website at www.augsburg.edu/enroll. FACULTY Beth Alexander , Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, PharmD, University of Minnesota. Eric Barth , Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; BS, PA Certificate, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska. Heather Bidinger, Assistant Professor and Clinical Coordinator, Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; MMS, PA Certification, St. Louis University. Donna De Gracia, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, Ohio State University; MPAS, University of Nebraska; PA Certification, Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Dawn Ludwig , Assistant Professor and Director, Physician Assistant Studies. BA, MS, University of Colorado; PhD , Capella University; PA Certification, University of Colorado. Patricia Marincic , Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator, Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Purdue University; MS, Colorado State University; PhD, Utah State University. Steven Nerheim , Instructor and Medical Director, Physician Assistant Studies. MD , University of Minnesota; MDiv, Luther Seminary. Brenda Talarico , Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MPAS, University of Nebraska; PA Certification, Augsburg College. Master of Social Work Master of Social Worl< You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work. Augsburg's MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities, and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students but at the same time offer the flexibility to help them meet their individual goals. Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. If you are interested in learning more about our program, I invite you to come to campus for an information session. In that session, we will show you our tightly integrated curriculum, explain our cohort model, and introduce you to some of our faculty and staff. We also invite you to meet individually with our faculty and staff, who are available for appointments. We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We encourage you to take the challenge with us. Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW Director, Master of Social Work SWK 620 Research 2: Practice Evaluation Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I, this course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work practice evaluation. There will be a particular focus on evaluative research, a critique of the role of research in assessing efficiency and effectiveness in social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers to "expand the knowledge base" of social work The course emphasizes research as a tool at all levels of social work and will be concerned with strengthening the linkages between research, theory, and practice evaluation. Students completing the thesis will have additional assignments fitting the thesis. SWK 625 Family Practice I The family practice methods sequence builds upon the theoretical framework of systems theory, the problem-solving model, and the strengths perspective from the foundation year. This first course in the sequence introduces students to the family level of need conceptual framework (Kilpatrick & Holland, 1999) as the foundation for choice of models for assessment and intervention with diverse families in a variety of practice settings. Family level of need is conceptualized as a hierarchy of needs ranging from basic survival to issues of intimacy or self-actualization of family members. Levels I (assessment and intervention models and strategies directed at basic survival needs) and II (structure and organization of families) will be taught. Presentation of the models will be integrated with current research, family policy; values, ethics, and global perspectives. SWK 626 Family Practice 2 This second course in the family practice methods sequence proceeds to Levels Ill and IV of the family level of need framework (see above). These levels focus on boundaries, conflict, and intimacy. Students will gain a working knowledge of strategies derived from these models. Presentation of the models will be integrated with current research, family policy, values, ethics, and global perspectives. Prerequisite: SWK 625 SWK 627 Family Practice 3 This third course in the family practice methods sequence offers students a selection of one course from two or more special topics, such as Advanced Family Therapy or Mental Health Practice. This will be an opportunity to tailor the skills learned in Family Practice 1 and 2 to an area of specialization within practice with families. Prerequisite: SWK 626 SWK 630 Family Social Policy This course explores the impact of social policies on diverse families, including policies that relate to housing, income maintenance, health, long-term care, education, and discrimination. This course has a dual purpose: to teach substantive knowledge of child and family policy and to teach policy practice skills. The diversity in families as well as ethnic , racial, cultural, and social class differences will be immersed in all content areas. National and international political, social, and economic systems will be a reference point. SWK 634 Creative Problem Solving in Supervision (.5 credit) This course examines knowledge and skill building in the administrative, educational, and supportive functions of social work supervision. The interactional model, creative problem solving, and strengths perspective are the frameworks for understanding and influencing the dynamics of supervision in a variety of settings. SWK 639 Topics in Family Practice: Ethics (.5 credit) Social workers and other human service professionals are often faced with ethical dilemmas and choices requiring ethical decision-making in all fields of practice. The purpose of this course is to help students acquire the knowledge base for ethical practice and to develop skills in identifying and resolving ethical dilemmas. Also, the course will provide students with tools required to make ethical decisions when confronted with conflicting choices occurring within the context of a profession with a specific values base and a code of ethics addressing ethical principles and standards related to clients, colleagues, employers, the profession of social work, and society. Program Development, Policy, and Administration Concentration Courses SWK 651 AND 652 Field Seminar 3 and 4: PDPA (.5 credit each) The goal of these two courses is to strengthen the connections between theory and practice with both taking on new dimension and meaning for students. All students in field placements must participate in the appropriate concurrent Field Seminar. As part of this integrative function, the seminar also serves as a means for making connections among course components and the expansion of classroom content-particularly as relating to dynamics of groups, communities, and organizations; human behavior; policy analysis; and research. SWK 65 7 AND 658 Diversity and Inequality I and 2: PDPA (.5 credit each) These courses explore diversity and social inequality related to race, ethnicity, social class, gender, sexual orientation, age, and disability with application to the social service setting. Students focus on the structural and institutional processes through which social inequality is created and perpetuated. Institutional remedies for inequality are studied, such as affirmative action and equal opportunity policy; culturally competent supervision, administration, program development, and advocacy. SWK 660 Research 2: Program Evaluation Building on the basic research skills developed in Research 1, this course offers a program-oriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work There will be a particular focus on evaluative research, a critique of the role of research in assessing efficiency and effectiveness in social service delivery; and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social work The course emphasizes research as a tool at all levels of social work and will be concerned with strengthening the linkages between research, theory, and program evaluation. SWK 667 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1 This course examines organizational theory and strucLure, processes of development, research, and evaluation, and social work values and ethics in the workplace. The need to work effectively within an organizational context means that social work practitioners must acquire a level of expertise in organization theory, dynamics, structure, and behavior, and also an understanding of how organizations provide practice opportunities and constraints. This course provides opportunities for students to build the necessary skills to become effective service providers or change agents in the context of their work in social service organizations. SWK 668 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2 This course builds on the theoretical knowledge base of SWK 667 and is intended to provide students with opportunities to apply those critical skills used in supervision and management. These skills are intended as a base for the beginning administrator. This course expects the student to develop specific skills in budgeting and personnel/human resource functions (e.g., recruitment, selection, hiring, training, and evaluation). Prerequisite: SWK 667 SWK 669 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3 This course explores strategies and methods for working effectively with other service agencies, legislative and policy-making bodies, regulatory agencies, and advocacy groups. Prerequisite: SWK 668 SWK 675 Planning and Policy Practice 1 This course examines theoretical and conceptual ideas concerning human services, their rationale in a market economy, and their relationship to public policy. Students will gain knowledge and build skills in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of services at various levels of system design, taking into account organizational, financial, and technological dimensions within an analytical framework of defined need and demand for service. SWK 676 Planning and Policy Practice 2 This course examines theories, concepts, and analytical frameworks for analyzing policy. lt addresses the role of economics, demographics, politics, values, and other relevant factors on policy design and implementation. The course emphasizes the analysis of selected existing or proposed policies in such areas as social insurance (e.g., Social Security), welfare reform, health care, long-term care, and tax policy including tax expenditures. Prerequisite: SWK 675 Both Concentrations SWK 699 General Elective Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective credit for graduation. The following are examples of elective offerings that are rotated each year: • Parent and Professional Planning • Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging • Child Welfare: History, Policy, and Practice • Social Work with Involuntary Clients • Spirituality in Social Work and Human Services We also offer electives abroad: Exploring Human Services in International Settings (Examples include England, Mexico , Norway, Portugal, Slovenia, and Taiwan.) SWK 698 Independent Study Students may propose to complete an independent study project. Such directed study projects provide the opportunity for a student to explore a particular area of social work that is of interest to him or her. A faculty sponsor must be secured and a proposal submitted to the Social Work Department. On rare occasions, an independent study may be used to satisfy the general elective requirement. Prior approval is required. Courses that are part of the required curriculum may not be taken as independent study. FIELD WORK AND FIELD PLACEMENT Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that sLUdents will demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes: • ethical, competent professional practice • problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective • use of advanced practice theories in Family Practice or Program Development, Policy, and Administration settings • evaluation of the effecLiveness of program or practice activities • an understanding of, and respecL for, diverse peoples and cultures • responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice • a commitment to oppose oppression of all forms Field Education Format Under the instruction and supervision of professionallytrained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors, students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Each practicum is spread over at least two trimesters (fall and winter) and is concurrent with enrollment in field work integrative seminars as well as other MSW coursework. The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components: Foundation Practicum The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and winter terms in this practicum. Concentration Practicum The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and winter terms in this practicum. Process for Field Practicum Selection Field practica begin in the fall. Selection begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin Cities MSW programs. Students attend the student field orientation before beginning their search. The opportunity is also provided to attend a Field Fair held jointly by Augsburg College and the University of Minnesota School of Social Work. At this Field Fair, students are able to meet a large number of agencies and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at the three MSW programs in the Twin Cities. In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their place of employment. Students work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals. • • • • • • • • victims of torture faith-based social services neighborhood services legislation advocacy housing services employment services community organizing research centers DUAL DEGREE IN SOCIAL WORK AND THEOLOGY Augsburg College's Department of Social Work (Minneapolis) and Luther Seminary (St. Paul) offer a dual degree: Master of Social Work and Master of Arts in theology (MSW/MA) or Master of Divinity (MSW/MDiv). The dual degree has been approved by both institutions and by the Council on Social Work Education. If you are interested in combining a Master of Social Work with a Master of Arts in Theology, we recommend you begin with the Luther Seminary program first and identify yourself as seeking the dual degree. For application information visit the Luther Seminary website at www.luthersem.edu/catalog/05_07/ dual_msw.asp. Purpose The dual degree focuses on meeting the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social needs of families, individuals, and communities in both rural and urban settings. Both institutions have a commitment to social and economic justice and to teamwork in the pastoral and human service settings. This joint program is ecumenical in its admission policies as well as its academic outlook. Objectives Field Practicum Settings Three primary objectives have been established: The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum. Our current list of approved field sites includes agencies in the following areas of practice: • To educate practitioners in social work and ministry who can combine the values, skills, and knowledge of both theology and social work to serve people in more holistic ways. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • family and children child welfare mental health crisis intervention senior resources family social policy health and human services corrections and probation public and independent schools youth services hospitals developmental disabilities American Indian family services chronic and persistent mental illness chemical dependency court services immigrant, migrant, refugee services • To generate the partnerships necessary to serve the complex needs of communities and people experiencing transition in their lives, including the change of government support for those in poverty. • To prepare practitioners to seek the strengths of interdisciplinary teams in the human service and pastoral settings. Enrollment Dual degree students enroll in Luther Seminary courses first. Upon completion of this first year of courses, students then enroll in Augsburg courses for a second and third year (full-time). In the dual degree, Luther Seminary offers nine courses which can be completed in one year if pursued fulltime. The remaining Luther Seminary course requirements are waived and replaced by the Augsburg MSW curriculum. At Augsburg, dual degree students complete the entire MSW curriculum with the exception of the general elective. Course Format and Field Practicum Luther Seminary courses are offered on a weekday schedule and Augsburg College courses are offered on a weekend schedule. The field practicum is incorporated into the Augsburg curriculum and will be in a setting reflective of the dual degree program, such as congregational multidisciplinary teams, nursing home chaplaincy, and social work teams. The Luther Seminary program and the Augsburg College program are both full-time; it is not feasible for students to do both programs simultaneously. Summary of Dual Degree Requirements Luther Seminary full courses: 9 Augsburg College full credits: 12-advanced standing, 17-foundation (elective is met at Luther) MSW field practicum course credit hours: see guidelines under field practicum MSW Summative Evaluation Project Admission to the Dual Degree It is the responsibility of dual degree students to be aware of application deadlines for both institutions. Applicants must apply to each program separately. Please note: admission to one institution does not guarantee admission to the other. To request the catalog and application materials, you must contact each program separately. Financial aid is also a separate process. ADMISSION TO THE MSW PROGRAM The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student populatiop.. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures. Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the MSW application documents for details regarding specific application requirements. Admission Requirements • Bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited college or university • Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher • Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics Application Checklist The following materials must be submitted to Augsburg's Adult and Graduate Admissions Office: • Completed and signed application form-www.augsburg.edu/msw or call 612-330-1520. The application completion deadline is January 15 each year for entry in the following academic year. All applica- tions and materials noted below are due by 5 p.m. on the application completion deadline. • $35 application fee • One official transcript from each previously attended postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities, and vocational/technical institutions. • Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics course. These courses must be completed prior to enrolhnent. • Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants) • Three completed and signed recommendation checklist forms , with letters attached • Typed, double-spaced personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form • Results of the TOEFL language tests (for non-native English speakers) • Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States) Admission as an international student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on page 9. Admission as a transfer student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to eight (8.0) transfer credits. (See evaluation of Transfer Credit on p. 6.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited program and must receive a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 10 (10.0) courses at Augsburg in order to receive their MSW degree from Augsburg College. Admission with Advanced Standing Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor's degree in social work accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) . Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for up to eight of the following MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice Methods 1 and 2, and Integrative Fieldwork Seminars 1 and 2, which include 420 field practicum hours. Advanced standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B (3 .0) or higher in order to receive a waiver. Admissions Q&A What do I do if my cumulative GPA is below 3.0? Our faculty are willing to review the application files of applicants with a cumulative GPA below 3.0; however, the comparative standard remains 3.0 or higher. A small percentage of applicants not meeting the GPA prerequisite may be admitted, if otherwise qualified. If your GPA is below 3.0, you must include a brief "Explanation of GPA" with your application documents. You should address the following questions: • Were there limitations that affected your GPA? If so, what is your plan to address these limitations? • Were there extenuating circumstances contributing to the GPA? If so , have those circumstances been resolved? Is human service experience required? Although it is not a requirement, strong preference is given to those applicants with paid or volunteer experience in human services, particularly experience that demonstrates responsibility and leadership. Applicants are advised that MSW field placement options may be limited for those who lack prior human service experience. What if my prerequisite coursework is not done? We require nine prerequisite courses for admission to our MSW program. These include four social science courses, three humanities courses, one biology course, and one statistics course. We are willing to review an application if at least seven of the nine prerequisites are finished at the time of application. This means a maximum of two prerequisites can be pending or unfinished at the time of application and the file will still be reviewed. In the event an offer of admission is extended, it will be conditioned on completion of any outstanding prerequisite courses before enrollment in MSW courses. What if my bachelor's degree is not yet finished when I apply? We are willing to review the application file of an applicant who is lacking one semester or two trimesters of coursework (including practicum) at the time of application. This means that when you apply to our program in January; if you have just finished your final fall semester but still have a final spring term to complete, you must ensure that your fall grades have been posted to the official transcript before having it sent to our office for your application. In the event an offer of admission is extended, it will be conditional on the completion of the bachelor's degree before enrollment in MSW courses. Is academic credit granted for life or work experience? Although experience will make for a strong application file, we are unable to waive any degree requirements for work or life experience. This is the policy in all CSWE-accredited programs. May I seek course waivers for the MSW courses listed on the BSSW Equivalency Checklist if I have taken these equivalent courses at the undergraduate level, but did not major in social work? Unfortunately; no. We offer course waivers for certain MSW courses only when the entire BSSW major (CSWE-accred- ited) has been completed by an applicant and we can therefore assume the applicant has been adequately prepared as a generalist social worker. For the particular MSW courses open for waiver to these advanced standing applicants, we expect a grade of B or higher in the BSSW equivalent course. But it also is expected that the remaining BSSW courses from the social work major were completed satisfactorily and the applicant graduated with an accredited bachelor's degree. If an equivalent course has been taken from another MSW program, please ask us about our transfer of credit procedure. Who makes the admission decision on my application file? Each application file is reviewed by three full-time social work faculty who each make a recommendation on the file. These recommendations are taken to the Social Work Admissions Committee which then renders a final admission decision. How long should my personal statement be? On average, MSW applicants submit a personal statement between three and five pages (double spaced). Approximately one page per question is considered adequate. Fewer than three pages is probably too brief, but more than eight is probably too much. May I visit to speak with someone for advice on putting together the strongest possible MSW application? Absolutely! You may contact our graduate admissions counselor at 612-330-1520 or e-mail to mswinfo@augsburg.edu to schedule an advising appointment. ACADEMIC POLICIES Academic Achievement Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can: • maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher); • complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner; • complete the program within four years; • abide by the department's Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics. • No more than two courses with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5 will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.0 must be repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. If a student receives a grade of N in a field course the MSW director will initiate a Level III review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education. Evaluation of Student Field Performance The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is distributed to newlyadmitted students at our field orientation prior to seeking the field placement. www.aauw.org www.gradview.com www.finaid.org www.petersons.com www.students.gov www.srnexpress.com Four-Year Limit All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See page 5 for policy on Continutation of coursework or final thesis. Leave of Absence Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing. A leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence. Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to www.cswe.org). Gosnell Scholarship Funds Ten awards ($1 ,000-$4 ,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org) . Prerequisite Courses All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Handbook, which is distributed to newly-admitted students and can be found at www.augsburg.edu/socialwork/msw/policies.html. Graduate Scholarship Search Tips Searching for grants and scholarships for graduate study can be an arduous task. As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend some time doing your own independent research into graduate funding available locally, nationally; and globally. The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many "free" scholarship search engines on the Web. We suggest you start with these before moving on to the fee-based ser vices. As with most free services, there is a draw-back-your e-mail address may be shared with other organizations that may send you solicitations. You should always use caution when providing your personal information via the Internet. Make sure the webpage you are using to enter a "profile" about yourself is protected by a security system. This is usually indicated by your browser with a closed padlock icon in the lower right corner. You should also check the fine print and know if anything besides your e-mail address will be sold to other organizations. Having said that, the following websites may provide a good starting point for your search : www.naswfoundation.org www.gradloans.com www.cswe.org www.gradschools.com www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org www.fastweb.com Vern Lyons Scholarship One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org). American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social work practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org). MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, GLBT, Hispanic and Immigrant Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc .org). Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due injune (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org). Resources in Academic Libraries Most academic libraries have several directories to peruse if you prefer using hard print. Examples in Augsburg's library reference section: Grants Register Directory of Financial Aids for Women Scholarships and Other Financial Aid for Minnesota Students Financial Aid for Native Americans 1999-2000 (part of a series consisting of additional volumes for African Americans, Hispanic Americans and Asian Americans .) Augsburg Scholarships Augsburg's Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. These are available to second-year students only. They range in amount from $300 to $3,000. Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship Bodo F. Suemning Memorial Scholarship Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship AmeriCorps Tuition Discount Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers-25% off the tuition cost of one course per trimester. This would apply to all trimesters of your MSW program. Military Discount (see page 11.) Other Resources There is a general guide on Augsburg's webpage that gives advice to "seniors" about finding funding for graduate school-go to www.augsburg.edu/gradstudy. ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFILIATIONS Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education ( CSWE). For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see page 3. MSW FORUM All MSW students are invited to participate in the studentrun organization, MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the opportunity for student participation in department governance, curriculum development, and program improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work department meetings via representatives. The forum historically has been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided he or she can make a commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests. • receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College • plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions • organize social action projects FACULTY Anthony Bibus, III, Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA., College of St. Thomas; MA, University of Virginia; PhD , University of Minnesota. Laura Boisen, Associate Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch, Associate Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS , Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota. Ankita Deka, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences. Christina Erickson , Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW, University of MinnesotaDuluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago. Annette Gerten, Assistant Professor of Social Work BA, College of St. Catherine; MSW, University of Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota. Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA , Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western Reserve Universit. Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work and Associate Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies. BA, Southampton University; CQSW, London University; PhD , University of Minnesota. Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, St. Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The Field Institute. Past forum members established these guidelines: Nancy Rodenborg , Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA, School oflnternational Training; PhD, University of Arizona. • provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational experience with the Social Work Department Glenda Dewberry Rooney , Professor of Social Work. BS, University of North Texas; MSW, University of Illinois; PhD , University of Minnesota . • encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and College administrators • make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements Michael Schock, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington. Maryann Syers, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Arizona State University; MSW, PhD, University of Minnesota. Ngoh-Tiong Tan, Professor of Social Work. BA, University of Singapore; MSW, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, University of Minnesota. STAFF Emily Cronk, Administrative Assistant Doran Edwards, BSSW Assistant Director Holley Locher, MSW Program Coordinator Stacy Myhre, Field Assistant Augsburg College Map Forest Lake 1. Center for Counseling and Health Promotion 2. Weekend and Graduate Admissions 3. Air Structure Entrance (November through March) 4. Edor-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Structure 5. Christensen Center and Day Admissions 6. MBA Program 7. Foss, Lo beck, Miles, Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 8. Sverdrup Hall 9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. Marketing and Communications 12. Lindell Library 13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop 14. Mortensen Hall 15. Murphy Place 16. Murphy Park 17. Music Hall 18. New Residence Hall 19. Old Main 20. Anderson Hall 21. Quad 22. Science Hall 23. Public Safety Communications Center 24. Shipping and Receiving 25. Si Melby Hall 26. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 27. Urness Hall 28. Kennedy Center 29. Oren Gateway Center 74 Rochester ~ 0 lJ -I :i: 6th Street S. I\) "' :f ~Interstate 94 West Interstate 94 East ===?- Augsburg College Board of Regents 2008-2009 Andra Adolfson Dan W. Anderson '65 Jackie Cherryhomes '76 Mark A. Eustis Anthony Genia, MD '85 Alexander J. Gonzalez '90 Michael R.Good '71 Norman R. Hagfors Jodi Harpstead Richard C. Hartnack Rolf Jacobson Rev. Craig E. Johnson, ex officio Ruth E.Johnson, MD '74 Eric J. Jolly Dean Kennedy Dean C. Kopperud Andre J. Lewis '73 Gloria Lewis Jennifer H. Martin Marie 0. McNeff Paul S. Mueller, MD '84 Rev. Duane C. Pederson, ex officio Stephen Sheppard Marshall S. Stanton, MD Philip Styrlund '79 Emily Anne Tuttle Joan Volz '68 Rev. Norman W. Wahl '76 Bonnie Wallace 75 ------ - -- - -- - - --- - -- - --..- ..
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting S...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting Students .......................4 .....................5 UMAIE Courses .......................48 Other Courses ...........................49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50 Augsburg Courses Introduction t o Interim I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~ Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1990 ...............................Interim Registration .............................................Late Interim Registration ............................................................ s t Day of Interim October 30 - November 3 December 4 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 la0 p.m. January 3 January 16 ....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd .............................. Last Day for Determining Grading System with Regisbar January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 .................................................................. I nt i Ends ....................... ................................................... Validation of Spring Class Registration January 30 January 31 Spring Semester Begins Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m. About This Catalog Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the Catalog. Options International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the 23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog. Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately 4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education office. Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and Creative Writing Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John Mitchell This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar, taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem, taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt. The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will be given. The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be approximately $1200. Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida Keys ART 116-40011 Instructor: Phil Thompson An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of coastal landscapes. Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and paintings along with participation and artistic growth factors. Students will be required to provide their own drawing and painting materials. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 4 W Life Drawing ART 247-40001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Biology Plants and Civilization BIO 102-40002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost every area of our society. Historically they have influenced world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our social history. We will take a look at an array of topics ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and thc influence that plants played in each incident. Grades will be based on examinations. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-40003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio, rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will begin with a short history of some major discoveries on viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will also look at the ways in which the body defends itself against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies BIO 14040049;340-40050 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory. A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips and conduct specialized classes. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the first week. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper. The course will have an interdisciplinary component with students interacting with students from John Mitchell's writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with each student completing a project related to one of the other disciplines. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a final examination and a paper on a selected topic related to marine biology. Upper division students will do a special research project. Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Time: I Room: Science 212 Business Entrepreneurship BUS 295-40079 Instructor: John Cerrito Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is s to provide students who are not majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 Chemistry A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry CHM 113-40005 Instructor: Earl Alton Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change, solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry ~~ using thc laboratory as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro- d duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected. Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and an exam at the end of the course. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 322 P H High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics CHM 325-40004 Instructor: Joan Kunz High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high technologies," including advances in experimental science in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum technologies lags far behind their development. This course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Computer Science H Fortran CSC 270-40012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students wi th some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 112 Economics Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-40006 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience Time: I Room: Library 1 Histo y of Economic Thought ECO 219-40013 Instructor: Richard Hemog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context of the political, economic, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV. Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Business, Government and Society: Economic Analysis of the Legal Foundations of Business ECO 319-40007 Instructor: Milo Schield Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children, divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient legal remedy an unjust solution?). Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law; Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy. Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning. Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final. Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and participation (15%). Audience: Students interested in the relation between business, government and society (specifically those interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy). Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy, Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Contemporay Economic Relations Between East and West ECO 319-40010 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic cooperation between countries with different political and economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share an understanding of cconomic relations at the national Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics to their own domestic and international affairs. Using comparative means, institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and clxplaincd i~~cluding rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics. Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternatives in the 1980s. There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and a research paper. Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro) Time: I Room: Foss Mini-Seminar H Economic Research Methods: Theory and Application ECO 495-40008 Instructor: Ed Sabella The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical linear re ression model will be presented along with methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions. Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components and the Bayesian approach will be examined. It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic understanding of the techniques of statistical inference. Results will be generally presented without proof, with reliance placed on intuitive justification. Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final. Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Science 213 d' 7 Education International Education EDS 3534054 Instructor: Rich Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course. Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-40015 Instructor: John Bowlis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375-40016 Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships. B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and practices in cducation settings. C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships. D. Strcss process-"how to learn". E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc studcnt will bc ablc to identify: c 1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn. Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn 2. education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs. 3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum: ~ a n g u a g Arts e EDE 387-40014 Instructor: Vicki Olson This course will involve an examination and pre aration of materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary School and will involve classroom work with children. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265 Time: I Room: Library 4 E Human Relations EDS 388-40017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations. This is a one-hafi credit couise. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022 EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023 EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024 EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the Florida Keys ENG 234-40031; 345-40033 Instructor: John Mitchell The purpose of this course is to introduce students to creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound. The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems. Students who take the course for upper division credit will be required to do additional reading and to make oral reports to the class based on this reading. Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper division credit, one college course in creative writing. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 12 Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in English (1975-present) ENG 249-40026 Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad. For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson related topics and attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Five College Fiction Writing Workshops ENG 362-40027 Instructor: Julie Schumacher Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy, enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their own--and to other students'-work. Students will write 25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of the class time will be spent on discussions of student fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences with the instructor will be an integral part of the class. Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is mandatory. Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper Midwest Writers ENG 364-40080 Instructor: Ron Palosaari Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses. We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of modem American literature. Each student will write two papers, each on a different author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation. Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class. Prerequisites: One college level American literahue course or two other college literature classes. Time: I Room: Old Main 12 French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-40030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its power, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in English. We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures and study guides will help attentive reading of the works and developing your communication and critical skills. Evaluation will include your progress in group work and discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading, writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study. We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Distribution: Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 25 General Studies Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST:245-40009 Instructor: Diane Busico Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr, and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and a rcsctlrch project. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Health and Physical Education M Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 23240032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 W Sailing in the Virgin Islands .IL I HPE 455-40034 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff .Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan active crew member. Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. + I l Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N grading only. The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports History Women in Refonn in Modem America HIS 225-40042 Instructor: John Jenswold "Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the interaction of women with reform movements in an effort to discover how women influenced major reform efforts and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of women in an industrializing and urbanizing society. Our investigation will include several books, primarily biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform, political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni. Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by lectures on larger historical issues. Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams, and class participation. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 H The Japanese-American Experience: Relocation and Redress HIS 240-40028; 340-40029 Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored. Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings. Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division Time: I Room: Old Main 13 History of Ancient Israel HIS 363-40038 Instructor: Richard Nelson The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of western culture because of its unique religiousexperience. This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We will begin with a consideration of the cultures which prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity. Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations, and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading. Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Music 22 The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst b u rYear ~ Experience (FYE) Program is a special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in France, 1650-1900 INS 190-40035 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the college and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the various art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes on material covered. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Prerequisite: Freshman status Distribution: Fine Arts Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11, but students will be expected to attend alimited number of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends) as a part of the class work. Room: Music-Sateren Interdisciplina 2 Appropriate Technology II Economics, The nvironment and INS 218-40043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 An Introduction t o Islam INS 225-40045 Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. A paper and at least one examination will be required. Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 1 Augsburg Goes To Business INS 321-40055 Instructor: Tina Wagner This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations, and the varied environments in which they must operate. The objectives of the class are: 1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm. 2. to develop and explore personal and career goals, and how a "fit" is established between an individual and an organization. 3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture, discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six different types of organizations in the metropolitan area including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor. Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 3 H Finite Mathematics MAT 121-40044 Instructor: Suzanne Doree A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Math and its Applications: Succeed With Math MAT 132-40046 Instructor: Bev Stratton Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics? Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions, this course is for you. The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project. Prerequisite: Placement Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Cognizers MAT 235-40075 Instructor: Larry Copes The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts to get computers to do the same. We shall study the contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session examinations and a full-session final. Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy, computer programming or anatomylphysiology. Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Modern Geometry MAT 351-40036 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof. Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125 Time: I Room: Science 319 Music Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-40047 I Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid, West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Philosophy The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die PHI 146-40053 Instructor: David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-40037 Instructor: Ken Bailey Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict? Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? What does science have to say about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science? These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and a study project. Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one course in a natural science Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Physics II Introduction to Weather r..lL .? - -. I -\- I I PHY 106-40052 .-, Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology (study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy t l ~ Mathematics-Physics c distribution requirement for the liberal arts srudcnt. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27, Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 28 4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics PHY 325-40039 Instructor: Mark Engehretson High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^ rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter controllers and compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-40058 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively in business for years. However it is also possible to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary motion and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math Level I11 Time: I Room: Science 30 Political Science Social Justice in America POL 140-40059 Instructor: Andy Aoki Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most important public policy debates involve questions of social justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one must have some conception of social justice. In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast, including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security, environmental protection, and military service. The majority of class time will be spent in discussions. Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an interest in public issues is important. Requirements will consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final exam. Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better understanding of some of the most difficult problems of our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to deal with those problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Politics in Scandinavia POL 250-40040 Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the political systemsand important current policy issuesin the Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model. There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures, seminars and group discussions. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-40041 Instructor: Phillip E Fishman The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Room: Old Main 16 Political and Cultural Diversity in the USSR and Eastern Europe POL 459-40073 Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright The course which begins in January and continues for 14 weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the political, cultural and national forces which both divide and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the course in January. No exemptions will be granted. Students may also register for this course as a spring term course and so take another interim course. Prerequisites: One course in political science or history dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission of instructor. Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through March) Room: Science 315 Psychology The Self Symbols as~ e v e a l e din Myths and PSY 340-40061 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche logical transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequisite: General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Psychology of the Legal System PSY 335-40056 Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making. Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom discussion. Prerequisites: A general psychology course Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 1 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-40074 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development. Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Religion Eastern Orthodoxy REL 420-40062 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide presentation on January 17 are also required. Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-40057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and cultural influcncc during 450 years of history. One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text will give us an insight into the global organization and broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text will give us an over-view of the history of this church. Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome brief written assignments. Students will be expected to be present the first day of class and to purchase all required materials on that day in class for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 f The Other Side o Paradise: Tourism, The Mi i t a y and Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii [q "G' REL 251-40063;349-40067 Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class. Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but this one will be distinctive. Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii "works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning experience from a Christian ethical point of view. First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise. Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War 11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues to have significant implications for both the people and ecosystems of Hawaii. Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans, Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated. The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several tourist-level hotels. Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology* The Theology of Marriage REL 343-40070 Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, and an examination. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 C J q t'b West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I i REL 241-40072 I! L d Instructor: Brad Holt Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will focus on meeting African people, observing their religious rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths, different levels of education, in different climates. After visiting the collections of African art in London, we will journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A. First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches. We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue with Nigerian professors and students. At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua Achebe. We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in Africa. Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light, and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short tests will be given. Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder, Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story. The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria. Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street. This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only. Social Work Exploring Human Semices SWK 257-40060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-40051 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Field Work III SWK 46640065 (full course) SWK 466-40064 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: To be arranged Sociology IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on the Health Care System) SOC 121-40071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-40066 Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Spanish Beginning Spanish SPA 111-40048 Instructor: Mary Kingsley Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Speech- Communication Movement for the Theatre SPC 226-40068 Instntctor: Martha Johnson In this course students will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced. Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations. The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc. Time: JJ Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre Documentary Video SPC 347-40069 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary Video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20 lab fee. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar W W E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE W N W W W W W W W W AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE HAPSBURG HERITAGE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS THE BRITISH THEATRE CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE FRANCE AND THE FRENCH THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND DAKAR GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH, SALZBURG AND VIENNA INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME LAW INLONDON MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE GORBACHEV ERA VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN ITALY WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-40078 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda P O L 398-40076 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles P O L 398-40077 These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January 20. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-40081 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-40082 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Badminton HPE 00240083 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ....~................... ....,.,.,.. .. . ....... .......44 ..........................................................5 .............................................................34 .................................................................35 ............................................36 Introduction Calendar About this Catalog Options Visiting Students Augsburg Courses UMAIE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Lifetime Sports Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). For More Information Interim Office Memorial 230) Interim*tary, Kay Thoat =lo25 Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b) It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Calendar 1990 .............................................................Interim Registration ........................................................................... Late Interim Registration ......................................................................................... First Day of Interim October 29 -November 2 December 3 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. ........+..C..H...U .....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd ...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 3 January 16 January 18 January 30 February 4 ..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses .................................................................................................... Interim Ends ................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 . Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $708 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses The Florida Keys: Marine Biology of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental sections of this catalog (Biology and English.) The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Marine Biology of The Florida Keys BIO 140-41048; 340-41049 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Distribution: BiologyIChemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Molds, Mushrooms and Humans BIO 141-41047 Instructor: Esther McLaughlin The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips. Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-41001 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg 'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis in-ted in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living. Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room Science 315 A Labaatory Intro&m to Chemisty <31M113.41002 Instructar: JoanKunz Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to &anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work, tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw murse. Distributiom Biology/Chemistry Time:I Room Science 315 COBOL CSC 27141003 Instructo~:LanyRagland A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the progaming assignments and examinations. Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170) Time:I Room: Science 112 Puinciples of Miaaeconornics ECO 1l%4100Q Instrudo~Satva Guvta ~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time:I Room: Library 1 C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim y Betzueen East and West ECO 319-41037 Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained, including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam (takehome),and a paper. Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro) Time: I Room: Old Main 21 EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~ and Orgm'mtbns ECO 31%41038 Instrudac Milo Schield Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~ Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State). Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic ImperMsm". Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning. I quizzes,paper and final. Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO). Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science, Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor. Time: I1 Room: Science319 For more Economics listings, see Page 36 Human Relations EDS 38841050 Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 10 Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten EDE 37541005 Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill: A. Stms key adult/child relationships. B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby current mearchand practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - '%ow to learn". E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans. ER mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices. H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakem and field trips. Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to iden* 1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten 2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit COum. Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess. Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 wtiw o f t h r n w q s ENG 13641051 Instructo~JohnMitchell This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment co-(E itself will involve an interdisciplina~~ program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50 writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams, Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams; and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture, and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men? tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12 pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting. This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of this catalog (Biology and English) The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) , lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01 Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I Room: Old Main l2 The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm 1 I mG~1007/MW10a) Instructoc Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered ,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel. Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a finalscam Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and p~epw a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it. All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel& original fiction from theclass. Prerrquisite: Effective Writing Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech Time: I Room: Music 22 Speech Communi*: W m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their VioftheEnglishLanpge ENG ZL9-4l057 Instructm JohnSchmit 'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and, conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units. 'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the c u m l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst. 'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p . Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies Time: II Room: Old Main 27 ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l ENG 24941009 Instructm Douglas Gram Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-41042 Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half medit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supemision of the School Health Program HPE 410-41043 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m ) Time: I Room: Murphy Place2 CoachingofBasketbaZ1 HPE 477-41090 Instruchm Brian Ammann ?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-. Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation Thisisa &f cradit catrse. Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays Room: Melby 111 Coachingof Volleyball HPE 48341054 Instructo~:Marilyn Florian This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course. Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE---- 41041 Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Si Melby 202 The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed HIS 33841056 1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and fordp @icy. We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party, Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington. These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study. Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material. Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor Time: I Room Old Main l3 The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course. Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe INS 191-41011 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part of the class work. Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking About What You Read I N S 120-41055 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and about the Paidcia Program. Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part, on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From "%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential Schools, Brown University.) Time: I Room: Science 319 Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India I N S 241-41053 Instructor: Vincent Peters Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor," "East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context of an emerging nation. South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles. Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue, homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view greatly challenged and enhanced. We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with the colorful celebration of Republic Day. There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests. The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation, accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. W m k LifeTransitions INS24541010 Instructar: Diane Busico Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others? ?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18 on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles. Distribution: Women's Studies Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages LIN 3124UlZ Instrue. Donald Steinmek ?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history. Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese, Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l , Sardinian,Rom,and others. This coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&. Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French, Slavic for Romanian, etc. 'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof SpanishandFd By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the factos which account for the diffenmm. Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final examination Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse Time:I Room Old Main 22 Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math MAT 1324013 I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do& Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you like to irrgroveyour math SHS, be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you. In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ . Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests. Time 11 Room Science212 Ma& ofbrterest MAT 173-41014 Instrum Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for annuities and &ved lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan s men? Or why women have paid less than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d . 'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes. Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics Time I Room Science 212 Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview MUS ll(F41017 Instntctor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Electronic Music Composition MUS 23&41063/430-41015 Instructor: Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants will be involved in: 1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Beginning Nonoegian I NOR 111-41018 Instructor: Frankil Shackelford Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 25 What Do You Think Of That? PHI 250-41019 Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly. Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?". Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and class discussions. Distribution: History/Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-41020 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 26. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: MathematicsRhysics Time: I Room: Science 28 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-41021 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor Time: I Room: Science 205 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 15141022 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math level lII Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 Understanding the Middle East Through Literature POL 241-41062 Instructor: Renee Taft Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar, students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Music 23 Alternative Politics PoLW1058 Instructm RandallKindley 'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and ~ m tmovanenk s that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad. 'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist, anti- nuclear, religious and anti-tion p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the 21st Century be based on these new political cleavages? In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action? How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded, shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to come? Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on class participation, a termpaper and a final exam h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor. Time:I1 Room Murphy Place 3 TheLegalRights oftheAm& Employee and E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve POL 37641099 Instruclor. Phil Fishman This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-. Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination. h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics. Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber. Room Old Main 16 Psychobgy ofthe Legal System PSY 3354024 Nancy Steblay l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision Instru- Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice, ethics and victimization. Guest-1 will include members of the legal and psychological communities. Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible for contributionto classmomdiscussion. Prerequisites: a general psychology course Time: 11 Room: Old Main16 The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols PSY 340-41023 Instntdotr Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 3704025 Instructor: Duane E.Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class session is requhd. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required. Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 23 The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation REL 445 41006 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 11 The Theology of Mm'age REL,34341026 Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the 1 I I heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian tea*, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the family. discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be Thew willbe,-l based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room Music 24 Biblical T & i Then andNow REL4354060 Instructor:~~-en An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries, including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians. Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text. Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams. Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward graduationrequirements.) Time: II Room Old Main 23 A t m , God and Money: How SciencP, Religion a n d E c m i c s M k REL 43641061 Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another. Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants will work as teams to construct Space Colonies. Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the course for credit. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 25741027 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991) SWK 34611028 Instructor: Rosemary Link Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections, family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of International Programs. Field Work LU S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse) S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course) Instrudar: Francine Chakoli Course content w i l lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II) Time: To be arranged Principles of Sociology (with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn) SOC 121-41031 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading illbe given. assignments. Three exams w Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: II Room Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-41032 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding. The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room Old Main 18 Beginning Spmdsh SPA 1114(B3 Instructo~Staff Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam Distribution: ForeignZanguage Time: I Room Old Main 29 Evaluating Continental Literatrwe SPA 250-41034 ~ I ' I S Gu* ~ ~ E ROZ4?tlt& The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems. Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time:I Room: Old Main27 Documentary Video SPC 347-41035 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar Theater Crafts SPC 495-41036 Instructor: Michael Burden Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented. Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show. Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or permission of instructor. Time: I1 Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan Archaeology in Yugoslavia Art in France and Italy Australia's Business Climate The British School and Family The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan E m t in Transition Europe and the Rise of Modern Science -- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland Modern European Business and Worklife Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y) Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland Translating All That Business About lapan * These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991) HPE 455-41039 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health and Physical Education department. Total payment is due October 31,1990. Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit). Outward Bound HPE 21241067 Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period. l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has n some scholarshipsavailable). LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu POL39841065 Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld POL 39841066 These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this as(orn w l n r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme. class as&I American Karate HPE 002-41045 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 120&1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-41044 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Hisotry of Economic Thought ECO 219-41406 Instructor: Richard Herzog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV . Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 NEW COU'RSE A I S 290-41069 ART 290-41068 S. Chapman TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y , mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1 produce art work such ar weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department. Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this Proposal. Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included. Distribution: Fine A r t s HPE 271-41070 Time: X I Room: OFFICIATING FOOTBALL I. ~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League. 2. Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total aducational prrrcess. Cmtenr: OM4 Will k based an the rules mb -its set f0M the national Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota State High Schcvl League. Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9- situations Evaluation: Written tcst - T h i s i s a one-half credit course. H I S 140-41964 EAST EUROPE Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri. UNDER THE HAPSBURGS - Room: S i Melby R.D. Zehnder the East C e n ~ d f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent ~nditzon of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t thc Balkans w i t h eye .to fallowin; c ~ z t n events t in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q an ricotic but &- He w i l l lccir a t vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-, Hati-, always as t h vsi+'-q ~ t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s, H z w l m n , and . &-B 3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of s f mt&e .. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud. W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e ma<*= is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th. Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#. Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy Time: I 1 Room: OM13 J, Shackel ford - -- -- - - - - - ~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim ~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton; ~ d l u r=forn l d the discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ; -cgenm of a*pcrirntal e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n for t h e &act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require l er aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr. ~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia. Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl & r , Prerequisite: 3 History course m l m t l m u11l k plpcr. Time: ? I Room: OM13 MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE Zheng The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn, hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc), Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121. Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1 Distribution: I N S 401-41071 Time: I1 Room: 5212 Math/Physics THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR: & THE WILDERNESS THE GARDEN 3. G r i f f i n This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re, but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities. The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves. Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT INTERNSHIPS: Time: I Room: FC 42 For information on January Interim internships please contact the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14. OTHER CHANGES: HPE 232 REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F Cancelled courses: HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED MAT 132, MATH AND ITS APPLICATIONS INTERIM
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ .................
Show more ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ ................................................................5 ................................................................-6 ................................................................39 .................................................................40 lntroductlon Calendar About Thls Catalog optlons . . . . . . Vlsltlng Students lnterlm Courses UMAlE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Ufetlme Sports ...............................................42 Contents Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025. October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration t Day of Interim January 4 ............................................. Class 1990 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00p.m. Last Day for CancellAdd January 5 . Last Day for Determining Grading System ........... January 15 with Registrar January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses A Ends January 27 .................... February 1................... S P M Semester Begins February 5 .............................................. Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog. Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the Introduction I direded/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. I Introduction 1 Alt 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class. Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics Maxlmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 17 610 102-A lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2 Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 105-A Instructor Esther McLaughlln This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/ Mlnorlty General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BUS 22GA Instructor: Stuart Sfoller Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e view these financial statements to approve all loans. The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors with the basics to: record business transactions, understand and use financial statements and communicate effectively with financial institutions. Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a final. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 10 BUS 30 1-A Instructor Mllo Schleld An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of a market-based economy. The course has three components: a review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts), an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of market failures, their causes and their remedies. Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can analyze, defend, and attack the arguments. Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status or Instructor's permlsslon General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 BUS 368-A Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em- ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 INTRODUCTION TO COBOL CSC 27 1-A Instructoc Noel Petlt A study of the COBOL programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Madmum Enrollment:20 rime: I Room: Foss 42 Computer Science ECO 112-A lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy- sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science General Education Perspectlve: Maximum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Fos 43 ECO 1 13-A lnstructoc Ed Sabella An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house- hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd Maximum Enrollment: 25 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 29 ECO 495-A Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy - and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare, technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an interdisciplinary manner. Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal take-home research essay. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor Madrnum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Foss 43 EDE 375A Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization, research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and examlnatlon. Thk; Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 nme: I Room: Ubrary 1 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Madmum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Ubrary 12 EDU 388-A lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to Education Dept. In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Llbrary 1 ENG 2 19-A Instructor: John Schrnlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy General Education Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 249-A Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for the local productions. I Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course. Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly recommended. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech General Education Perspective:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 ENG 282-A ENG 482-A Instructor: John Mltchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo- rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling for upper dlvlslon credlt Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 21 English I ENG 282-8 Instructor Joan GrlftYn An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic contributions to medieval civilization. Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams. Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 42 THEATREINAND AROUND LONDON ENG 269-A InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances and four group dinners. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 30 FRE 243-A lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project, and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of lnst~ctor Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 27 GER 2 B A lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013 Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor Madmum Enrollment: 15 nme: I Room: Foss 2 1B HPE 232-A Instructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 HPE 475A Instructor:Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e sources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequlslte:BIO 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 477-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby l l l HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marllyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. Thls Is a one-half credlt course. Time:1 I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby l l l neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl UP€48 I-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UP€47CFA Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball (Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. Thk Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPE 487-A lnstructoc Jeff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Time:1 I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 203 HIS 22GA HIS 32GA Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements for upper level. History Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Old Maln 13 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 I-A lnstructoc Chris Mmball Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of Instructor Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: I Room: Old Maln 29 I History INS 12GA lnstructoc Ann neener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars, reflective writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation. Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 210A lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 lime: I Room: Muslc 23 Interdisciplinary INS 225A I n s ~ c t o rAmln : Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time:1 I Room: Foa 20 INS 245-A lnstructoc Dlane Budco Women assume multiple roles within the work and family domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly, they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting types of behavior. The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will read several books related to women's roles in the work and family domains. The assessment of this component of the course is based on written responses to questions assigned for small group discussion. A second component of the course is a group project on the work and family roles of women. The assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects include an historical overview of the work and family roles of women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women. Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Maln 10 INS 275A Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and daily life. The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a paper. Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Interdisciplinary MAT 173-A lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes. This course should be usehl for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields. Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:20 Vine: I1 Room: Old Maln 16 MAT 253-A Insfructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the explorationof this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Science 1 12 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nlcholas Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For Music non-music majors. Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc Mcudmum Enrollment: 30 77me: I Room: Choral Room M-2 MUS 129 Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or the Instructor's pemlsslon. Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 394-A Instructor Cynthla Lohman "How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers. To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can directly empower their performing, this course focuses on exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression. Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro- cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre. Students will participate in the course through study and re hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes. Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or audlllon. Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room) NOR 1 I 1-A Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 175A lnstructoc Davld Apollonl We will begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles -Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty Madmum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 16 PHI 2 W A Instructor Mark Fuehrer This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm. Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student discussion will also be a factor. Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: 1 Room: Old Maln 22 mrrosopny PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Maximum Enrollment:20 7ime: I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 325A Instructor Stuart Anderson From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent), MAT 124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245). Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 30 POL 359-A Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values, and customs. Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions supporting the old regime, including the family and religion. Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective situations contradicted the policy in both cases. Students will be expected to read several books, plus some articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng wM FSU or number of Department Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 I Room: Muslc 24 PSY IOSA lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab reports, computer exercises, and class participation. Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology Madmum Enrollment:20 nine: 1 I Room: Murphy Place I PSY 20 1 -A lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and illness prevention and treatment. Prerequlslte: PSY 105 MaAmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 23 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of Instructor Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345A lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1 Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth Maxlmum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Old Maln I8 REL 366-A lnstructoc Brad Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Music 23 REL 445 lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be used toward graduation rellgion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Main I I SWK315A Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness modem health delivery and folk practices and different health conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers. SOC 23 1-A Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod The human family is examined as a social system within alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are seen within their cultural and institutional contexts. Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 13 SOC 265-A Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human groups who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular cultural group other than their own. This observation will become the basis for a class presentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class p r e sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban General Education Perspective: intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Fos 20 socrorogy I BEGINNINGSPANISHI SPA I1 1-A Instructoc GabfielaSweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 11 Madmum Enrollment:25 nme: 1 I Room: Old Maln 25 SPC 226-A lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson This course will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced. Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one final reflective paper. The class is designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre SPC 32 1-A lnstructoc James Hayes This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students will be required to enter three different forensics events at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b SPC 495-A Instructor: Anne Holmquest The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to the question: what causes conflict in communication and how should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods. e q wreading (onebook and Students will be evaluated on r articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally Speech, Communication & Theatre I will be asked to give an oral report on research. Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I/ Room: Foss 43 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World Vlew The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural Diversity Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawall Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and Services Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and Denmark Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland Ecuador Geography of the Baltic States A Greek Odyssey Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational Settings The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland International Business and Culture in a European Environment Law In London Uteraw Ireland Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of Europe In Search of the Anclent Romans South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United Kingdom Theatre In and Around London Thls Is New Zealand 2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In the Intertm Offlce. HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Total payment is due October 31,1992. Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247. Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk HPE 2 12-A Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A Information on either of the above programs, housing, and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom, Memorial 117A, 330-1197. Other Courses lrls @ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +“-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1995
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1995
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ...................................
Show more Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ........................................................................... 5 Visiting Students ..................................-...................... 6 Interim Courses .............................................................. 7 UMAlE Courses ............................................................. 47 Other Courses .............................................................. 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ,. ....,.,, .. .".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i.. 50 Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. For any student entering after January 1993 a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 credits required may be taken by students who repeat a credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course credits in Weekend College. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025 November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins -c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due February 3 ..........+........... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: - Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. Introduction The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings. Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental require ments and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses. Introduction ART 106-A Calligraphy 11 ART 306-A lnstructoc Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete master sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 ART 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 7 7 Art I ART 290-A Instructor: Steve Chapman Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize students with American Indians and their art. American Indian art is examined through regional areas in North America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture, video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research and design an object of art from an American Indian perspective during the studio time after the lecture presentation of course materials in each tribal area. A result of this course should be to help establish a better understanding of American Indians and their perspectives, and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students. Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 17 BIO 185-A Instructor: Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A BUS 495-A lnstructoc Amin Kader This course is designed to demonstrate how economic factors, management decisions, and accounting methods affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will work in groups, each group competing with the others. Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the market value of the company's stock. Evaluation will be based on an examination and each group's performance in competing with the other groups. Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 BUS 295-8 Instructor: john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for Business starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 368-A Instructor Steve LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Students who cannot attend the entire first week of classes should not enroll for this course. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Business 1 BUS 49.54 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp The primary objective of this course is to enhance the student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be discussed. The theoretical framework for international trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the European Union, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined. Students will be evaluated based on their research paper and final examination. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: I S Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHM 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 7 5 INTRODUCTION TOCOBOL CSC 27 7 -A Instructoc Noel Petit A study of the COBOL programming language for . Computer Science I students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 ECO 4 95-A lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh A comparison of the United States system and other countries' national health care systems. What are some of the alternative models for both organization and delivery of health care services? The class will focus on the models used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians, nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect health systems have on overall health outcomes. The advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments, short papers, and exams. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Foss 2 0 Economics ECO 495-6 lnstructoc Satya Gupta In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a respectable place in the financial system of the United States. More and more commercial banks are entering into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of employers are leaving it to their employees to manage their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In such a changing climate it is important that our students are educated to make informed decisions about their retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and benefits. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Library 1 ED€ 375-A lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: PPS T Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A Instructor: Mildred Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays) Room: Music 23 EDU 491-A lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork supen/ision for the faculty member.) Time: I Room: Library 4 ENC 282-A Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence, justice, and love - through classical and contemporary literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to think about your character and its development, to enable you to ask about the relation between character and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by considering possible tensions between the virtues, as found in life situations. The course is built around the question of values, in particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and see how they play out in life situations, both in literature and (through the journals) in students' lives. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 ENC 282-B/482-B lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin Although generally relegated to separate sections in bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R. Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art, indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when achieved) the most potent." This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy, looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance, "The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or "Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis, Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be asked to write several short papers. In addition to writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of a writer with whom they already are familiar. Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended); 482 - ENC 245 required Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 FRE 111-A lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I/ Room: Old Main 23 French FRE 243-A Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in their literary works? What can we discover about ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read, analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais, a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class. Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on individual and group response to the many activities in the course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries will enable you to undertake successfully your independent study project and further enrich the whole class. This literature course for the non-literature major is intended to help you in further free reading, in your critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica- French tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your own, including non-Western ones. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 HPE 1 16-A lnstructoc Richard Borstad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24) HPE 232-A lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5, 7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24) Health and Physical Education HPE 250-A lnstructoc Lisa Broek Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries, and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 (lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995) HPE 455-A Instructor: loyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports HPE 470-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball I Health and Physical Education I (Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 475-A lnstructor: Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 477-A lnstructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Health and Physical Education I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marilyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) HPE 487-A Instructor /eff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron I I HIS 244-A lnstructoc Bill Green Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil rights to one racial minority but not to other racial minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These questions, and others, will be addressed in this course. Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test. Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: THECML WARERA HIS 33 1-A lnstructoc Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free History labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final. Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HIS 495-A Instructor: Don Gustafson The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical training in dealing with some of the philosophical questions of the discipline of history, to develop and expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations. Prerequisites: Senior History Major Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 HON 40 1 -A lnstructoc Larry Crockett The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern North American soil. Next, we will consider Native American influences which came to be ingredients in this transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and charismatic movements which have become important in recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico. ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300 Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico; 3) final paper. Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor, preference to seniors Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 INS 21 1-A Instructor loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 3 1 9 Interdisciplinary INS 298-A Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your own experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the valuable experience you need for the future you want. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to give you first-hand experience in working with professionals and making connections between your experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to increase your ability to learn about organizations, the community, and yourself from your own experiences. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his or her interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, completion of learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and seminar participation. The course is offered on a P/N basis only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement secured by lanuary 3, 7 995. Distribution: Urban Concerns Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.) Room: MP 10 1 Interdisciplinary LIN 290-A Instructor: Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 1 MIS 376-A lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and linguistics/Management Information Sptemr I team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 1 MAT 173-A lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 7 3 MAT 253-A lnstructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification I used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in threedimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science I I2 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MUS I 79-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of England and continental Europe, particularly such cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course Music - - related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE 1951-1971 MUS 204-A Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 NOR 1 I I-A lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 PHI 295-A lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are no requirements for the course, but one prior course in philosophy would be helpful. Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Science 3 0 PHY 325-A lnstructoc Mark Engebretson From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture of recording tape and computer chips, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams. Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 0 POL 140-A Instructor Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Political Science AND PUBLIC POLICY POL 220-A POL 320-A lnstructoc William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American plitical system upon public policy making in the United Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx. sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light tion available of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system. Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems. 'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and class participation will detcnnine final grades. Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r on a policy issue of their choice covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 a POL 268-A POL 468-A lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten In these classes we will investigate the major political issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East countries today. We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social values and provided a reservoir for political protest in the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/ Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider the prospects for improved human rights and democratic participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown. Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a variety of specialized country studies. Each student will prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic requirements in their presentations and essays. Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 POL 342-A lnstructoc Peter Przytula Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 PSY 105-A lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11 Room: Murphy Place I I I PSY 340-A lnstructoc Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will Psychology include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and four or five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Maximum Enrollment: 1 6 Time: I Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. As background for the course, students are required to read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early October. An additional text will be required and library Psychology 1 reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05 Maximum Enrollment: I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Religion REL 3 4 1-A lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes, and one test. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: /I Room: Old Main 16 REL 343-A lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used Religion I to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 . Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 386-A lnstructoc Bev Stratton How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This course addresses these and other questions by exploring how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 S WK 23 0-A lnstructoc Vincent Peters This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive course of study and travel that offers a transnational perspective of non-violent social change and development. It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society. The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi, Center for Global Education at 330-1655. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a services agency or institution which students select. The placement must be approved by course Social Work I faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7 SWK 3 1 5 - A Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas This course will focus on health care, environmental concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and JOCIOI Work practices concerning health and population matters within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic and current worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in the USA. Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination. Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, and five group dinners. This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus. Prerequisites: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 SWK 466-A (full course) S WK 466-6 (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30 hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1 Social Work I SPA 2 4 8 - A Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these authors, the course advances in two directions: A "horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration - explored in each film, and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films included in it. The films are in Spanish with English subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short term paper. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 SPC 3 2 9 - A lnstructoc David Lapakko This course explores both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Western cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross- Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre [ SOC 27 7-A lnstructoc Cordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each member of the class does on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a requirement of the course. Class participation and a final examination will also be basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Music 2 3 SOC 265-A Instructoc lerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 9 Sociology cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how these principles relate to particular cultural groups. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 SPC 347-A lnstructoc Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be required for editing. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 175 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern Europe and Bavaria Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace English School and Family: Focus on Literacy Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna, Munich, and Berlin The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational Settings Heroes and Masterpieces 2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and Culture in Germany Ireland: Inside and Outside From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and Greece Law in London Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Europe Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa Sounds and Sights of Europe South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Women in Development: An African lnquiy These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. OUTWARD BOUND HPE 2 12-A Check for information in the Interim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Academic Seminars POL 3 98-A GLOBAL VILLAGE: WORLD POLITICS AND ECONOMICS (JANUARY 2- 14, 1995) POL 398-8 Other Courses I POL 398-C The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program in order to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from the College covering regist